(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

^■Wl**T 



■jy'^f': i/*'' 



«^'' r,t 



m ^ 



m^.^..^^' 







2004-2005 Catalog 



Digitized by tine Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley20042005leba 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2 

Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3 

Undergraduate Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing Education 5 

Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation Requirements 8 

Nontraditional Credit 13 

Grading System 14 

Undergraduate Academic Programs 19 

General Education 19 

Cooperative Programs 24 

Pre-professional Programs 26 

Individualized Major 27 

Internships 27 

Independent Study 28 

Tutorial Study 28 

Special Topics Courses 28 

Study Abroad 28 

Undergraduate Departments 29 

Graduate Academic Programs 153 

Directory 171 

Board of Trustees 171 

Administration 175 

Faculty 182 

Support Staff 196 

Awards 197 

Accreditation 299 

Campus Map 200 

Index 202 

Phone Numbers 204 

2004-2005 Academic Calendar inside back cover 



Lebanon Valley College Table of Contents 1 



LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Founded: 1866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy. 
Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out. 

Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year 
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional sunmier term. 

Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of 
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Music Education, 
Master of Science Education, Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, art and art history, 
biochemistry, biology, business, chemistry, computer science, digital communications, 
economics, elementary education, English, French, German, health-care management, 
health science, historical communications, history, mathematics, medical technology, music, 
music business, music education, music technology, philosophy, physical therapy, physics, 
political science, psychobiology, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish. 

Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification; in 
cooperation with Thomas Jefferson University: biotechnology, cytotechnology, diagnostic 
imaging, occupational therapy, physical therapy; in cooperation with The Pennsylvania 
State University, Case Western Reserve University, University of Pennsylvania, and Widener 
University: engineering; in cooperation with Duke University: forestry, environmental 
sciences; in cooperation with approved hospitals: medical technology. 

Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individualized 
majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Philadelphia and Washington semester 
programs. 

Number of faculty: 99; of the permanent faculty, 88 percent have earned a Ph.D. or 
equivalent terminal degree. 

Student-faculty ratio: 13:1, with an average class size of 20. 

Location: Aimville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located 
in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 1/2 hour; 
Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours. 

Size of campus: 37 buildings. The library contains over 200,000 catalog items, and the 
College provides students with access to more than 200 personal computers. The sports 
center is nationally recognized for its water fitness program. 

Residence halls: 27 residence halls housing 1,151 students in male, female, coed, suite and 
apartment-style facilities. 

Student enrollment: 1,530 full-time undergraduate students, with 235 part-time under- 
graduates and 141 graduate students. 

Student financial aid: approximately 95 percent of full-time students receive financial aid 
in the form of LVC grants and academic scholarships. In 2003-2004, these awards totaled 
$13,770,560, with the average student being $9,470. 

2 Facts 2004-2005 Catalog 



THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE 

Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from 
its historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church. 

The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable 
of making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end, we 
seek to provide an education that helps students acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes 
and values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse and fragile world. 

Through both curricular and co-curricular activities, we endeavor to acquaint our stu- 
dents with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abil- 
ities to think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis 
and effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differ- 
ences among human beings. 

Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which car- 
ing and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting 
closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm the inter- 
relatedness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of 
wisdom that is the capacity of judging rightly in matters of life and conduct, and a lifelong 
love of learning as the ultimate reward of the educational experience. 



The College motto is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free. " 

(John 8:32) 




Lebanon Valley College 



College Mission 3 



UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION 

Admission for Full-time Students 

High School Preparation 

All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an 
accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16 
units, 4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 3 in mathematics, 2 in science, and 1 
in social studies. 

Application Procedure 

A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed apphcation 
form with the required application fee, S.A.T. or A.C.T. results, and an official transcript 
of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to Lebanon Valley must submit offi- 
cial transcripts of completed college or university work. 

Candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for 
admission to certain academic programs (elementary education, music, and physical thera- 
py majors) are required to undergo additional steps. For further information, contact: 

Admission Office 

Lebanon Valley College 

101 North College Avenue 

Annville, PA 17003-1400 

Phone: 717-867-6181 or 1-866-LVC-4ADM 

FAX: 717-867-6026 

Internet: http://www.lvc.edu 

E-mail: admission@lvc.edu 
Student Finances 

Payment for tuition, room, board and other charges is due by a published deadline prior 
to the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to 
make special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be 
processed. Questions about charges and payments should be addressed to the Business 
Office. 

Refund Policy 

Students who withdraw, are dismissed, or take a leave of absence from the College during 
the billing period in which they are enrolled will receive a refund in accordance with fed- 
eral policy. A copy of the federal refund policy is available in the Business Office. 

Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing 
Education Office. However, part-time students receiving federal financial assistance (Title 
IV) will receive a refund according to federal policy. A copy of the federal refund policy 
is on file in the Business Office. 



4 Undergraduate Information 2004-2005 Catalog 



Alternative Payment Plan 

Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring 
other options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. An agent has been 
appointed to process deferred payment applications: 

Academic Management Services 

OneAMS Place 
P.O. Box 100 

Swansea, MA 02777 
Phone: 1-800-635-0120 

Continuing Education 

Students may enroll part time for undergraduate study at Lebanon Valley College 
through Continuing Education. Students are considered part time if they are enrolled for 
0-11 credit hours per semester. 

Continuing Education offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate, 
baccalaureate and professional certificates. Certificates are starter programs that 
approximate the beginning of a four-year college experience, ideal springboards from 
which to go on for an associate's or bachelor's degree. Professional certificate programs 
are intended for persons who have already been awarded a bachelor's degree in one dis- 
cipline and desire to study another discipline in some depth. 

A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have received 
a bachelor of arts or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another regionally accredited college 
or university. In such cases, students must only complete the major requirements for the 
second degree or a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater. 

Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during the day, evening, 
Saturday and summer sessions on the main campus in Annville. Continuing Education 
publishes course schedules for the fall, spring and summer sessions. To obtain copies of 
course schedules or to get detailed information on all academic programs for part-time 
students, call 717-867-6213 or toll free at 877-877-0423 or write the Office of Graduate 
Studies and Continuing Education, Lebanon Valley College, Annville, PA 17003-1400. 
Information is also available through the LVC website: www.lvc.edu/ce. 

A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education 
certificate or degree programs must submit a completed application form with the 
required application fee. An official high school transcript is required if students have 
fewer than 24 semester hours of transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer 
to Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of any completed college or university 
courses. Official transcripts relating to military or business courses also may prove to be 
useful. Although candidates may begin taking classes before they have been accepted, 
they must speak with an advisor before registering for courses. To arrange an admission 
interview with an advisor, call 717-867-6213 in Annville or toll free at 877-877-0423. 
Decisions on all part-time student applications usually are made within one month after 
the last required transcript is received. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Information 5 




6 Undergraduate Information 



2004-2005 Catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES 

Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary 
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the College expects that the conduct 
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The College has the right to 
require the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the 
institution. The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constitute a 
contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change these 
regulations and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but 
wherever possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the 
time of his or her entrance at the College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate Degrees 

Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students 
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics, 
English, French, German, historical communications, history, music, music business, 
philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish and certain 
individualized majors. 

Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major 
programs: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, business administration, 
chemistry, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooperative forestry, digital 
communications, elementary education, health-care management, health science, math- 
ematics, music education, physics, psychobiology and certain individualized majors. 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, and 
Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for students completing 
requirements for the appropriate major program. 

Associate Degrees 

Through the Continuing Education Office, part-time students may earn the Associate of 
Science degree in accounting, general studies, or business administration, or the Associate 
of Arts degree in general studies. 

Privacy of Student Records 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law that provides 
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of 
their records, and the right to confidentiality of their records. 

The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory data and, in the case of 
athletes, extends that information to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The 
College Relations Office uses permissible information from students' records to report on 
social and academic accomplishments. 

Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to 
comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the 
right of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for 
the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 7 



Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to com- 
ply with the act. 

Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance 
with the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices: 
Office of the Registrar, Office of Student Services, and Office of the Dean of the Faculty. 
The policy is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also 
maintain a Directory of Records that lists all education records maintained on students by 
this institution. 

Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred 
to the Registrar's Office. 

Credit Hours 

A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit des- 
ignation approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A 
course requiring three hours of class attendance each week will carry 3 credit hours. 
Credit for laboratories is generally awarded at one half the regular rate. 

Application for Graduation 

As a student nears completion of the degree requirements, the student must file an 
application for the degree and a graduation plan with the Registrar's Office. Graduation 
application deadlines and the semester Course List and Registration Schedule are avail- 
able in that office. This application process provides the student with a timely opportu- 
nity to review his or her degree requirements and to plan or change the student's course 
schedule to ensure completion of all requirements. 

The student must complete an Application for the Degree and a Graduation Plan, meet 
with his or her advisor, obtain all required signatures for graduation, including major and 
minor requirements, and deliver the forms to the Registrar's Office in the Humanities 
Building. 

Graduation Requirements 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 120 credit hours, 
including the requirements for the general education program (see page 19) and the 
requirements for majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three 
separate categories: general education requirements, major requirements, and electives. 

In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education 
selected from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education 
requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one 
physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season 
of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science. 
Continuing education students are exempt from the physical education requirement. 

Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including 
the course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 1 8 credit hours 
toward the degree must be in residence. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

The general education program is that part of the curriculum shared by all students in all 
majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours. 

The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work. 

8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2004-2005 Catalog 



Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general 
education requirements. 

Candidates for the bachelor's degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the 
36 taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the College's programs 
qualify as work done in residence. 

Students who have 11 or fewer credits remaining to complete the degree may partici- 
pate in the graduation ceremony. 

Advising Program 

Each student has a faculty advisor whose role is to counsel about registration proce- 
dures, course selections, academic requirements, and regulations. The student is strongly 
encouraged to obtain the advisor's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal, 
election of pass/fail option, and/or change in credit/audit status. 

Arrangement of Schedules 

Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with his or her 
faculty advisor. Students already in attendance do this during registration periods. New 
students accomplish this on orientation days. 

Limit of Hours 

To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester. 
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's 
advisor and permission of the registrar. To be permitted to take more than 17 credits, the 
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be a senior. 
Audited courses are counted in determining the course load, but music organizations are 
not. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour beyond 17 (not 
counting music organizations). 

Class Standing 

Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the 
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of 
28, 56 or 84 credit hours respectively. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 

Satisfactory academic progress toward a degree as a full-time student is defined as 
completion of 24 or more credits per academic year while maintaining a cumulative grade 
point average of 1.6 (1-27 credits), 1.7 (28-55 credits), 1.8 (56-83 credits), 1.9 (84 or more). 
A 2.0 grade point average is required for completion of the baccalaureate degree. It is also 
necessary for full-time students to complete at least 24 credits per academic year in order 
to maintain eligibihty for federal, state and institutional financial aid. 

Transfer Credit 

A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited 
institution shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student 
must provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other 
institution or institutions. 

Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- (1.67) or better and the 
work is equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 9 



transferred count for credit hours only, not for quality points. 

A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited 
college can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended 
institution. However, course work in the major field for which the applicant has received 
a D shall not be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement. 

Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full 
acceptance of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate 
has followed a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs 
of the College and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be 
accepted for an associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90 
credit hours will be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree. 

In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate 
degree within two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or 
the nature of the previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant 
will normally be notified at the time of admission. 

Students transferring to Lebanon Valley College in order to complete work on a bac- 
calaureate degree will normally be expected to pass at least one 3-hour course in their 
intended major for each semester they spend at the college. "Semester" shall normally 
be defined as 15 credit hours. Beyond this minimum requirement, departments may 
require additional courses if they so desire. 

Lebanon Valley College students enrolled for a degree may not carry courses concurrently 
at any other institution without prior consent of their advisors and the registrar. Students who 
desire to study away from campus for summer study must obtain prior approval from their 
advisors and the registrar. 

Discontinuance of Courses 

The College reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course. 

Registration and Preregistration 

Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester. 
Preference is given to upper-class students in the preregistration process to ensure registration 
in courses required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the 
designated times shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after 
the opening of the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar. 

On entering Lebanon Valley College students, indicate that they are open or that they 
have a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during 
the second semester of their freshmen year and must make a formal declaration by the 
time they have completed 60 credit hours. 

Change of Registration 

Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit, 
changes from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the advisor. 
In most instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been 
in session for one full week. With the permission of the advisor, a student may withdraw 
from a course during the first 10 weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen 
may withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with 
permission of the advisor. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student's 
request after Add/Drop Day. 



10 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2004-2005 Catalog 



Auditing Courses 

Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic advisor. 
Audited courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours 
that may result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course, 
but the registrar will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A 
change of registration from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished 
by the end of the tenth week of semester classes. 

Pass/Fail 

After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours), a student may elect to take up to 
two courses per semester and one per summer session on a pass/fail basis; however, only 
six such courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by 
students to be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general educa- 
tion program or other programs, the major(s), the minor(s) or secondary education certi- 
fication. A student may select or cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first 10 
weeks of a semester. Passing with honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating 
that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. If a student does not pass the course, the student 
will receive an F on the transcript. See page 14 for grading systems. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course, 
subject to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by 
the College at the Annville campus or one of the satellite sites, the course has to be retaken 
at Lebanon Valley College, and the semester credit hours are given only one time. The 
higher grade received each time taken is computed in the semester grade point average. 
Each semester grade report will show hours credit each time passed, but the total hours 
toward a degree will be equal only to the semester hours credit for the course. For a course 
previously passed P/F, the grade received in the subsequent registration for regular grade 
is the "higher grade." Each grade received remains on the permanent record and a notation 
is made thereon that the course has been repeated. 

Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses con- 
currently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her advisor and the registrar. 

External Summer Courses 

A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses 
taken during the summer at another college unless such courses have prior approval of his 
or her advisor and the registrar. 

Attendance Policy 

Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course, 
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester, the instructors shall 
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations 
shall make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course. 

Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course 
requirements. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 1 



In-Absentia 

The College treats students in domestic or foreign study programs as students-in- 
absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or academic year at another institution 
with the intent of returning to the College is considered a matriculated student. A student 
desiring in-absentia status should complete the form in the registrar's office and secure the 
approval of the advisor, the registrar and the dean of international programs. Students will 
receive information on registration and room sign-up after they notify the registrar of their 
address abroad or in the United States. 

Leave of Absence 

For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances, students may request a 
voluntary leave from the College for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave 
should complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the 
associate dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and 
retain their status for registration and room sign-up, if available. Students on leave will 
receive information on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The 
College reserves the right to require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it 
is deemed reasonably necessary to protect the student, other students, members of the 
College community, or the interests of the College itself. Before a student returns from a 
medical leave of absence, a clearance interview with one of the counseling psychologists, 
the dean of students, or the associate dean of the faculty — as well as additional documen- 
tation — may be required. 

Withdrawal from College and Readmission 

To withdraw from the College, a student must complete an official withdrawal form 
obtained from the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official with- 
drawal form obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student 
requires written permission from the associate dean of the faculty. 

Second Bachelor's Degrees 

A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another 
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the fol- 
lowing requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at 
Lebanon Valley. 

2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met 
satisfactorily. 

3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used 
to satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major. 

4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second 
degree program. 

5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MED 441) 
may be counted toward a second degree. 

6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet 
any general education requirements of Lebanon Valley College. 

7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non- 
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience. 

8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree. 

9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken pass/fail. 

12 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2004-2005 Catalog 



Undergraduate Nontraditional Credit 

Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master 
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students 
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits 
toward a bachelor's degree or a maximum of 15 credits toward an associate's degree 
through nontraditional means (challenge exams, advanced placement, CLEP, and credit 
for life experience). All nontraditional means of examination are graded satisfactory (S) 
or unsatisfactory (U). An unsatisfactory grade on any nontraditional examination will not 
be recorded on the permanent record. 

Challenge Exam Policy 

Many LVC courses can be challenged for credit by examination. Full-time students 
should request challenge examinations through their academic advisors. Part-time students 
and those students enrolled through continuing education should make application for 
challenge exams through the continuing education office. All requests must be approved 
by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is listed. 

Challenge exams are considered comprehensive examinations in the subject area. The 
grading criteria for challenge exams will be determined by each department. The exact 
nature of the examination will be determined by the faculty member and chairperson of 
the department involved and may include any means of evaluation normally employed by 
the department. There is a fee for preparation and grading of each challenge exam, and it 
is charged without regard to the test results. 

Challenge exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a 
course equivalent to or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting 
credit by examination. Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring 
credit for a course previously failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses, 
independent study, writing-intensive courses, and courses with laboratory components are 
normally not subject to credit by examination. Individual departments may have additional 
criteria regarding challenge exams. Consult the chairperson of the department in which 
the course is listed for specific information. 

Advanced Placement Policy 

Advanced placement with credit in appropriate courses will be granted to entering 
students who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations. 
The official Advanced Placement College Grade Report must be submitted by the student 
for evaluation by the registrar. 

Advanced Placement without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests 
of the College Board examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined 
appropriate by the registrar and by the chairperson of the department. 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy 

Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are 
approved by the College. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile on 
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department 
for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required, with a 
minimum score of 64 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination. 

A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination; of these credits, only 
three may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit 
shall be granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 13 



Normally, requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student 
has completed 30 credits. 

Credit for Life Experience Policy 

Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit 
for knowledge acquired through nonacademic experience in subjects in the College cur- 
riculum. The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in 
the College curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive 
knowledge in the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such 
credit may petition the appropriate department through their academic advisors. Students 
enrolled in the continuing education program must petition through the continuing educa- 
tion office. This petition must: 

( 1 ) detail the relevant experience in question 

(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence 

(3) note the equivalent College course by department and number 

(4) state the number of credit hours sought. 

The appropriate department will consult with the academic advisor or the continuing 
education office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for 
evaluating the experience. 

Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the 
signatures of the academic advisor, the appropriate department chair, and the 
associate dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled through 
the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the 
director of continuing education, the appropriate department chair, and the associate dean of 
the faculty. 

Experiential credit cannot exceed 6 credit hours in one academic year and cannot 
exceed a maximum of 1 2 credit hours in the degree program. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

Credit for appropriate courses will be granted to entering students who achieve scores 
of 5, 6 or 7 on International Baccalaureate individual subject examinations. The official 
International Baccalaureate transcript must be presented by the student for evaluation by 
the registrar. 

Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages 

Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and 
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in 
a course, students receive the following quality points: 



A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 



C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


.67 


F 


.00 



F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade 
point averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality 
points by the credit hours completed. 

Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

14 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2004-2005 Catalog 



Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989, must meet 
graduation requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All students 
and continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989, must meet graduation 
requirements by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00 
grade point average in their major, any second major, and any minor. 

A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he or she has failed. 

In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work 
is incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the 
prior consent of the instructor) but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed 
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals 
for an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next 
semester. W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes, 
except for first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester. 
For physical education, a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded. 

Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the 
instructor and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact 
the instructor at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course 
in question. 

Academic and Graduation Honors 

The Dean 's List 

Students achieving a 3.40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 12 credit 
hours for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester. 

Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List 
by meeting the following terms: 

(1) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs 

(2) must be enrolled for at least 6 credit hours 

(3) must achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40. 

Graduation Honors 

After completing a minimum of 60 calculated credit hours of residence work, a student 
may qualify for graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are summa cum laude for 
grade point averages of 3.75^.0, magna cum laude for grade point averages of 3.60-3.74, 
and cum laude for grade point averages of 3.40-3.59. 

Departmental Honors 

All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the 
junior and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the 
appropriate department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are 
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and at the time of gradua- 
tion; a written thesis; an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time 
members of the department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own 
choosing under the supervision of a faculty advisor. Opportunity also exists to do creative 
work. A maximum of 9 hours credit may be earned in departmental honors. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 

Students graduating with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher are eligible for induction 
into Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence 
work. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 15 



Academic Honesty 

Lebanon Valley College expects its students to uphold the principles of academic hon- 
esty. Violations of these principles will not be tolerated. Students shall neither hinder nor 
unfairly assist the efforts of other students to complete their work. All individual work that 
a student produces and submits as a course assignment must be the student's own. 

Cheating and plagiarism are acts of academic dishonesty. Cheating is an act that 
deceives or defrauds. It includes, but is not limited to, looking at another's exam or quiz, 
using unauthorized materials during an exam or quiz, colluding on assignments without 
the permission or knowledge of the instructor, and furnishing false information for the 
purpose of receiving special consideration, such as postponement of an exam, essay, quiz, 
or deadline of an oral presentation. 

Plagiarism is the act of submitting as one's own the work (the words, ideas, images, or 
compositions) of another person or persons without accurate attribution. Plagiarism can 
manifest itself in various ways: it can arise from sloppy, innaccurate note-taking; it can 
emerge as the incomplete or incompetent citation of resources; it can take the form of the 
wholesale submission of another person's work as one's own, whether from an online, 
oral or printed source. The seriousness of an instance of plagiarism — its moral character 
as an act of academic dishonesty — normally depends upon the extent to which a student 
intends to deceive and mislead the reader as to the authorship of the work in question. 
Initially, the instructor will make this determination. 

Once academically dishonest work has been submitted, the instructor shall report the 
suspected incidence to the coordinator of academic advising. At the moment the work has 
been submitted, the student involved forfeits the right to withdraw from the course or to 
change his or her course status in any way. The College's expectations and the measures 
it will apply to support and enforce those expectations are outlined below. 

For the first offense of academic dishonesty, the faculty member has the option of 
implementing whatever grade-related penalty he or she deems appropriate, up to and 
including failure in the course. The coordinator of academic advising shall send the stu- 
dent a letter of warning, explaining the policy regarding further offenses and the appeal 
process. 

For the second formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the 
course is mandatory; the coordinator of academic advising shall so inform the faculty 
member(s) involved. Additionally, the coordinator of academic advising has the authority 
to take further action against the student, up to and including expulsion from the College. 

For the third formally established offense of academic dishonesty, failure in the course 
and expulsion from the College are mandatory. 

The coordinator of academic advising has the authority to determine whether actions 
or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute "offenses of academic dishon- 
esty" as described above. 

Information related to offenses of academic dishonesty must be passed by the faculty 
member to the coordinator of academic advising who shall retain the information for as 
long as the student involved is enrolled at the College. Information and evidence con- 
cerning academic dishonesty are the property of the College. Once the student has gradu- 
ated from the College, the coordinator of academic advising will destroy these records. 

All actions against a student for academic dishonesty may be appealed by the student 
being accused. A written appeal must be presented to the coordinator of academic advis- 

16 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2004— 2005 Catalog 



ing no later than the official date that mid-term grades are due the semester following the 
semester in which the action was taken against the student. The dean of the faculty will 
serve as final arbiter. 

Academic Probation and Suspension 

At the conclusion of each semester, the Dean's Advisory Council meets to review the 
academic performance of all undergraduate students. The members of the council are the 
vice president for academic affairs and dean of the faculty, the vice president for enroll- 
ment and student services, the dean of student services, and the registrar. 

To maintain themselves in good academic standing at the College, students must 
achieve minimum cumulative grade point averages appropriate to progress toward their 
degree, and they must complete coursework at a regular and sustained pace. Minimum 
cumulative GPAs are as follows: 

Semester Hours Completed Required Cumulative GPA 
1-27 1.60 

28-55 1.70 

56-83 1.80 

84 or more 1.90 

At the conclusion of each semester, the College examines students' academic records. 
Students who have not achieved the above minimum grade point averages will be given an 
Academic Warning, placed on Probation, or Academically Suspended from the College. 

Academic Warning. The first time students fall below the required cumulative GPA 
as listed above, they will be given Academic Warning. Academic Warning constitutes a 
formal notification that a student's academic performance is weak and that he or she needs 
to devote increased attention to academic work. Students receiving Academic Warning are 
cautioned that unless they achieve an acceptable cumulative grade point average, they will 
be placed on Probation and thereby lose the privilege of participating in extracurricular 
activities (including such activities as intercollegiate sports, student government, campus 
media, student clubs, and Greek and service organizations). 

Probation. Students who fall a second time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Probation. A student 
on Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities. 

Final Probation. Students who fall a third time below the required cumulative GPA 
(whether in consecutive or nonconsecutive semesters) will be placed on Final Probation. A 
student on Final Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities, and 
the student will be informed that unless the student restores himself or herself to good 
academic standing and maintains that status, the student will be suspended from the College. 

Academic Suspension. Students will be suspended academically from the College 
when (1) they fall a fourth time below the required cumulative GPA (whether in consec- 
utive or nonconsecutive semesters); (2) they fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 
0.75 at the conclusion of any semester; (3) they have not earned by the conclusion of the 
second and subsequent semesters of full-time enrollment a total of at least 6 credit hours 
of coursework for each semester completed. Students suspended will not be permitted to 
return for at least the full subsequent semester (fall or spring). To request reinstatement, 
students must submit a written petition to the associate dean of the faculty. A suspended 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 17 



student who returns to the College and who is suspended again for academic reasons will 
be regarded as permanently separated from the College. 

Upon reinstatement to the college, a student will have two semesters to bring up his or 
her cumulative GPA to the minimum required for good academic standing at the College. 
Reinstated students may participate in extracurricular activities. The student's grades will 
be monitored at mid-semester and again at the end of the semester to ensure academic 
progress. If a student's midterm or final grades fall below a semester average of 2.0, the 
student will be removed from all extracurricular activities immediately. The student will 
not be allowed to rejoin extracurricular activities until the student has reached the mini- 
mum cumulative GPA required for good academic standing. 

Veterans' Services 

Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment 
to the Financial Aid Office after they register for each semester or summer session. The 
financial aid office will then submit certification to the Department of Veterans Affairs. 

Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete 
the appropriate forms before certification of enrollment will be sent from the financial aid 
office to the Department of Veterans Affairs. 

Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two 
consecutive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans 
with questions about the College or their status with the College should contact the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges 

Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of 
Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing 
post-secondary education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, 
Lebanon Valley College recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has 
committed itself to easing the transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible resi- 
dency requirements, and crediting learning from appropriate military training and experi- 
ences. 

Teacher Certification for Nonmatriculated Students 

Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: stu- 
dents with degrees from other colleges, teachers seeking certification in other fields, or 
Lebanon Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must 
present official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the 
registrar. The education department, the registrar and the appropriate academic depart- 
ment shall evaluate the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall 
be charged for this service. 

All candidates must meet the criteria for Admission to Teacher Certification 
Candidacy as detailed under the Department of Education, page 64. 



1 8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2004-2005 Catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

General Education Program 

Through the General Education Program, the College most directly expresses its 
commitment to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The 
program has four components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies, and dis- 
ciplinary perspectives. This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent, 
skilled in communication, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant, and able to 
continue to learn in a rapidly changing world. 

Our academic program aims to educate students so that they: 

• acquire a broad base of knowledge across the liberal arts disciplines, including 
both content and method; 

• come to understand that facts are important primarily as evidence from which we 
infer meaning in the form of theories, arguments, and interpretations; 

• learn to draw upon and integrate different disciplines when considering 
particular problems or issues; 

• learn to think critically and independently, i.e., to understand, construct, and 
respond to arguments, and develop a questioning, open-minded attitude; 

• learn to communicate clearly and cogently, both in speech and in writing, in 
listening and in reading; 

• acquire sensitivity and skill in interacting with different cultures and traditions, 
and come to understand and respect differences among human beings; 

• establish a foundation for their continuing education, including their intellectual, 
aesthetic, and moral growth, their personal and vocational development, and their 
understanding of themselves as citizens at the local and global levels. 

The program consists of course work in the following four areas: 

Communications. 15 credit hours. 

English Communications (2 courses) 
Writing Requirement (3 courses) 
Electronic Information Proficiency 

This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life. 
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities 
to practice and refine them throughout a student's college career. 

English Communications. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the 
related skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing and bibliographic access 
through database searching. 
Requirement: ENG 111 or FYS 100; ENG 112. 

First-year students must fulfill the communications component of the General Education 
Program by enrolling in either First- Year Seminar (FYS 100) or English Communications I 
(ENG 111). The primary goal of each course is to help first-year students become college- 
level writers. Students will be assigned the same amount of writing in both FYS 100 and 
ENG HI. An important difference between the two courses is that each FYS class is 
organized around a particular topic, and students will write in response to various aspects 
of that topic, whereas ENG HI is not organized around a particular topic, so its students 
can expect to write essays about a variety of different topics. Students in FYS should expect 
to do more reading than students in ENG HI. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 19 



Writing Requirement. In addition to English Communications, students must complete three 
courses designated Writing Process, preferably one each during the sophomore, junior and 
senior years. Along with course content, faculty will also teach writing in these courses and 
will make evaluation of writing quality an important factor in the course grade. 
Requirement: Three courses from an approved list. 

Approved: ART 212, 312, 314, 326, 350, 353; BIO 304, 307, 312, 322, 324; BUS 285, 
485; CHM 230, 321, 322; DSP 340; ECN 321, 332, 410; EDU 311; 
ELM 361; ENG 213, 221, 222, 225, 226, 310, 315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360; 
FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 410, 460; HIS 200, 205, 206, 207, 208, 
217,226, 250, 312, 315; MBS 371; MED 334; MSC 201; PHL 215, 300, 
301,336, 337, 349; PHT 202; PHY 328; PSC 211, 312, 498, 499; PSY 120, 
245, 443; REL 310, 313, 322, 333, 337, 353; SOC 322, 324, 331, 382; SPA 
310, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460. 

Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement. 
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English 
Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access 
and retrieval as appropriate. 

Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours. 

Three courses in each group with at least one course from each area. 
Group I Group II Group III 

History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art 

Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy 

Courses in this component introduce fundamental concepts, methods and content in 
disciplines essential to a liberal education. 

Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area. 

Group I 
Area 1: History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of 
the principal developments in European and American history. 
Approved: AMS 111; HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 127, 200, 212. 

Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social 
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships 
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theo- 
ries and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to 
evaluate, integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior. 
Approved: ECN 100, 101; PSC 100, 110, 130, 160; SOC 110, 120. 

Group II 
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science, 
develop an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the 
practice of science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and 
technology. 



20 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2004-2005 Catalog 



Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111/113, 112/114; CHM 100, 111/113, 112/114; ESS 
110, 120; PHY 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 111, 112, 120; PSY 120; SCI 100. 

Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathemati- 
cal constructs, and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers 
and limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society. 
Approved: MAS 100, 111, 112, 150, 161, 162, 170, 270. 

Group III 

Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artis- 
tic expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and 
appreciate works of art, music and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic expe- 
rience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment. 

Approved: ART 100, 112, 207, 212, 316, 318, 322, 324, 328, 330, 332, 336, 338; ENG 
120, 221, 222, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 
330, 410, 460; MSC 100, 101, 200, 201, 242; SPA 410, 420, 430, 440, 450 

Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical per- 
spectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments 
and value systems are grounded in particular worldviews. Students are encouraged to 
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for 
other value systems. 
Approved: PHL 110, 130, 140, 160; REL 110, 120, 130, 160. 

Foreign Studies. 9 credit hours. 

Two courses in a foreign language. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel 
and trade increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students under- 
stand, interpret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems dif- 
ferent from their own. 

Foreign Language. By learning another language, students see the world from a perspec- 
tive essentially apart from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students 
understand that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each 
language provides special access to a particular human society. 
Requirement: Two courses. 

Options: 1. Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the intermediate 
level. FRN, GMN, SPA 201/202. 

2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, ITA, SPA 101/102. 

3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years). FRN, GMN, 
SPA 101/102. 

4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department). 
International students who are fluent in a native language other than EngUsh are exempt from 
this requirement. 

Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle 
East and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious or 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 21 



economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies 
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other con- 
siderations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures. 
Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list. 

Approved: ART 334; FSC 190; fflS 271, 273, 274, 275, 277, 279, 303, 304; PHL252, 254; 
PSC 211, 240; REL 140, 253, 255, 260, 265; SPA 360, 460. 

Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours. 

One course from a list approved for this component. 

Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. This 
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to 
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least 
two disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives, and challenge 
them to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required. 
Requirement: One course from an approved list. 

Approved: AMS 311; ART 350, 351, 353; DSP 310, 320, 322, 324, 330, 340, 342, 350, 
352, 362, 370, 390; PHL 337, 342, 349; REL 313, 332, 333, 335, 337, 342, 
353; SOC 326. 

Interdisciplinary Courses (DSP): 

The faculty has approved the following multidisciplinary courses. All satisfy the 
General Education Program requirement for a disciplinary perspectives course. Junior or 
senior standing is required. 

DSP 310. AIDS. An examination of the origins and history of HIV/AIDS, including its 
economic, political, social, psychological and legal repercussions as well as the basics of 
virology, serology, epidemiology and diagnostic testing. 3 credits. 

DSP 320. The Native American Experience. A review of the development of Native 
American society, culture, politics and economy from prehistory to the present with special 
emphasis on the relationships between Native Americans and other immigrants to North 
America. 3 credits. 

DSP 322. The 20th-Centiiry World. An exploration of those forces that profoundly changed 
the institutions and structures of society in the 20th century including migrations with- 
in and across national borders, responses to environmental opportunities and threats, and 
uses and misuses of technology. Examines the rate, direction, and implication of socie- 
tal and cultural change at national and global levels. 3 credits. 

DSP 324. The American Presidency: Power and Character. An exploration of the rela- 
tionship between a president's character and leadership using several administrations as 
case studies. Provides exposure to the historiographic literature on historical biography, 
presidential memoirs, the use of primary sources and the interpretation of public opinion. " 
3 credits. 

DSP 330. Diversity in the Workforce. An investigation of reasons why questions of diver- 
sity affect organizations including demographic changes, types of diversity, and relevant 
federal legislation. Considers differences in race, sex, gender, religion, sexual orientation, 
ethnic background, age, physical ability/disability and geography. 3 credits. I 



22 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2004-2005 Catalog 



DSP 340. Myths and Their Meaning. Looks at the significance Greek and Roman myths 
hold for us today from the perspectives of literature, psychology, religion, sociology and 
anthropology. 3 credits. 

DSP 342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events 
and cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the 
extent of the impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings. 
Through lectures, student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a 
one-day field trip to Longwood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human 
lives will be investigated. 3 credits. 

DSP 350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students 
with the physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including 
alcohol, marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates, 
LSD hallucinogens, barbiturates, and amphetamines. 3 credits. 

DSP 352. Marx and Marxism. Karl Marx is among the most influential thinkers in the 
modern world, and the ideology of Marxism has helped shape the cultural, religious, eco- 
nomic, and political history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This course will 
examine Marx and Marxism(s) from an interdisciplinary perspective, first by exploring 
the life and word of Marx, and Marxist parties and movements, and then by examining the 
effects Marx's thinking has had on global politics, economic theory, religion, and philos- 
ophy. By examining the historical and philosophical roots and continuing significance of 
Marx and Marxism, students will have an occasion to practice a multidisciplinary study 
of a historical figure and movement and become better informed about intellectual and 
political history and how those continue to shape the world around us. 3 credits. 

DSP 362. Multiculturalism and the American Identity. This class offers you a chance to 
familiarize yourself with the variety of ethnic, racial, gender, and sexual groups and iden- 
tities in the US. You will gain or enhance your intellectual framework for understanding 
and appreciating diversity. It will also prepare you to survive and thrive in our complex 
and challenging world. The course relies on history, literature, and cultural studies and 
will be challenging but also fun. 3 credits. 

DSP 370. Paranormal Phenomena: A Critical Examination. By combining ideas from 
the social and natural sciences, as well as religion and philosophy, this course focuses on 
the importance of skepticism, scientific analysis, and valid logic when evaluating fringe- 
science topics such as ghosts, near-death experiences, psychics, astrology, UFOs and alien 
abductions, creationism, faith healing, alternative medicine, and other paranormal claims. 
3 credits. 

DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary 
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this 
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection 
booklet that appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses in 
this category. 3 credits. 

A student may petition the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the faculty to 
substitute another course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of 
the program. 

Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 23 



Cooperative Programs 

Allied Health Professions 

Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson 
University in Philadelphia, Pa., for students interested in the allied health professions. The 
College of Health Professions of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate 
programs in biotechnology, cytotechnology, medical technology, and nursing, and also 
offers an entry-level master's program in occupational therapy. Nutrition, one of the require- 
ments for the nursing program, is not offered at Lebanon Valley College and must be 
taken during the summer at another institution or online. 

Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the basic 
sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to Thomas 
Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, and 
depends upon the academic record, recommendations, knowledge of the profession, and 
often an interview. If accepted, the student spends two years (three years for occupational 
therapy) at Thomas Jefferson University taking professional and clinical courses. Upon 
successful completion of the program, the student is awarded a baccalaureate (or master's, 
for occupational therapy) by Thomas Jefferson University. An early acceptance program 
for high school seniors, is available (called PACE). Interested students must contact 
Thomas Jefferson University directly. Thomas Jefferson University also offers post- 
baccalaureate master's programs in various disciplines, as well as a post-bacclaureate 
DPT. 

Engineering 

In the cooperative 3-1-2 Engineering Program, a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon 
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution. 
Students do three years of work at Lebanon Valley College and then usually do two 
additional years of work in engineering. Students may study engineering at any accredited 
engineering school. To assist the student, Lebanon Valley College has cooperative (con- 
tractual) agreements with The Pennsylvania State University at both University Park and 
Harrisburg; Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland; and Widener University in 
Chester, Pa. There are three tracks for 3-1-2 engineering. For most fields of engineering 
(e.g., civil, mechanical, electrical), the student completes the B.S. physics track. For 
chemical engineering, the student completes the B.S. chemistry track. For computer 
engineering, the student completes the B.S. computer science track. For more information, 
contact Professor Michael Day (director, 3-1-2 Engineering Program). 

Forestry and Environmental Studies 

Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal 
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission 
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University, School 
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of the two-year (plus 
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science 
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student 
will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental 
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics, 
political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. 



24 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2004—2005 Catalog 




Program Requirements: 

Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies 
through the cooperative program (3+2) with Duke University may major in biology, 
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College. All such students 
shall take BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 302; ECN 101,102; MAS 161 or 111; MAS 170, 
regardless of major, and shall meet the general requirements of the College. 

Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science) 

The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the 
requirements of the College and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital 
with a CAHEA approved school of medical technology where he or she spends the fourth 
year in training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, rec- 
ommendations and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the stu- 
dent is awarded the Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valley College. 
The College is affiliated with the following hospitals: Jersey Shore Medical Center and 
Lancaster General Hospital. However, the student is not limited to these affiliations and may 
seek acceptance at other approved hospitals. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; Immunology, 
BIO 323, is required by most programs; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; 
PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 (51 credits). The senior year is spent off campus at an accredited 
hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to apply and 
become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty semester hours of credit are awarded for 
the successful completion of this year. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Undergraduate Academic Programs 25 



Pre-Professional Programs 

Pre-Law Program 

Lebanon Valley students have done very well at a variety of law schools. In recent years, 
our graduates have gone on to Penn State Dickinson, Temple, Villanova and Widener law 
schools. Over the years, LVC students who have excelled academically have graduated from 
Harvard, Chicago, Columbia, Stanford, Washington and Lee, and William and Mary. 
After law school, Lebanon Valley graduates have gone on to careers in private practices, 
corporations, government and politics. 

Lawyers perform a wide variety of services in American society. As a result, the legal pro- 
fession has become increasingly specialized. In addition to traditional areas such as tax, 
administrative, corporate, criminal, and property law, lawyers now specialize in entertain- 
ment, environmental, family and sports law. Because we work closely with our pre-law 
students, we try to tailor their undergraduate programs to meet individual interests. 

The pre-law program is designed to provide important course preparation, practical 
experience, and advising for a pre-law student. In addition to the courses that are a part of 
the pre-law program, students are advised to take other courses relevant to the area of law 
they wish to pursue. The internship in law, taken in the junior or senior year, is an especially 
important part of preparation for law school. 

The Law School Aptitude Test (LSAT) is required for acceptance at American Bar 
Association-approved law schools. Students who are going to apply to law school should 
take the LSAT during their junior year. It is given four times during the year, and it may be 
taken at Lebanon Valley College. For many, it will be beneficial to take an LSAT prepara- 
tion course. Two are available within a short driving distance of LVC. 

Students interested in law school should contact the pre-law advisor in their freshman 
year. Contact Dr. Tia Malkin-Fontecchio, Department of History and Political Science, 201B 
Humanities Building, ext. 6740, or by e-mail at malkin@lvc.edu. 

Pre-law program courses: PSC 110, American National Government; PSC 315/316, 
American Constitutional Law; PSC 415, Foundations of American Law; ECN 101/102, 
Principles of Micro and Macro Economics; BUS 371/372, Business Law; ACT 161/162, 
Financial and Managerial Accounting; and PSC 400, Internship. 

Pre-Medical, Pre-Dentistry, Pre -Veterinary 

Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine, 
osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields. 
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major 
in biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, chemistry or psychobiology. 

In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student 
may participate in an internship program between the College and local physicians or vet- 
erinarians. Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience 
in the field. 

A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to 
offering advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers. 

Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest 

schools, including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, University of Virginia, 

• Cornell University, The University of Pennsylvania, The University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson 

Medical School, Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine, The Pennsylvania State 

University Medical School at Hershey, Temple University School of Pediatric Medicine, 



26 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2004-2005 Catalog 



The University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, The 
Pennsylvania College of Pediatric Medicine, and the Pennsylvania College of Optometry. 

Individualized Major 

The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of 
concentration that is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty rep- 
resents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource for 
those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into tra- 
ditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the College and its faculty are will- 
ing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses. 

A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application that includes 
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty 
advisers for the proposed major, which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 
level. 

The student should submit the application to the vice president and dean of the faculty 
for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisors. Any changes in the 
program must be submitted to the dean for approval. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration) 
with an individualized major. 

Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus 
those courses to meet the general requirements of the College. 

Internships 

An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to 
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government or not-for-profit 
organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom 
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts 
education in a variety of settings. 

To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a 
student generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive 
permission from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships. 
The student must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring 
the internship and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location. 
Application forms for internships are available in the office of the registrar. The application 
form shall be completed by the student and approved by the student's academic advisor, 
faculty internship supervisor, on-site internship supervisor, and the department chairperson 
prior to registration. 

For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at 
the internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria 
and procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships 
have an academic component that may include readings, reports, journals, seminars and/or 
faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship during any one 
semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet gradua- 
tion requirements. All internships have a course number of 400. 



Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 27 



Independent Study 

Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading, 
researcii or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent 
study should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate 
an existing course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or 
senior standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 or higher are required. 

For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45 
clock hours of time in reading, research or report writing. The independent study involves 
a contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee 
the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are available in the 
office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the 
student's faculty advisor, the contract instructor, and the department chairperson. 

Students may enroll in a maximum of 3 credit hours per independent study in any one 
semester. A maximum of 6 credit hours in independent study may be used toward the 
graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500. 

1\itorial Study 

Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal 
course in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students 
desiring a tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise 
the study on a one-on-one basis. 

For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of 
time in the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the 
student and the faculty advisor. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research, 
report writing, faculty conferences, and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the 
same course number as the existing formal catalog course. 

Special Topics Courses 

From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following 
course numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal 
courses that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently. 
These courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or of special 
interest. Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific 
course title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record. 

Study Abroad 

Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students 
majoring in all subjects. All programs ensure a cultural immersion experience for stu- 
dents, with several programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also 
offering a language-enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in Australia, 
England, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, New Zealand, the Netherlands, Spain and 
Sweden. 

Lebanon Valley College also offers off-campus academic internship programs in 
Philadelphia and Washington, D.C. Students in any major field can gain work experience 
in a large U.S. city while earning academic credits for the semester. Further information 
on all off-campus programs may be obtained at the Study Abroad Office, HUM 206, ext. 
6076. See In- Absentia on page 12. 

28 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2004-2005 Catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 
AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

By examining American culture in its historical context from an interdisciplinary point 
of view, American Studies heightens critical awareness and appreciation of what is dis- 
tinctive about American civilization. 

An undergraduate degree in American Studies can lead to a career in teaching, pub- 
lishing, law, journalism, government, consulting and research, historic preservation, 
museums, archiving, tourism, or a number of other professions. 

Degree requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies. 

Major Core: AMS 1 1 1 , 2 1 1 , 223, 229, 3 1 1 , 450 ( 1 8 credits) 

In addition to the core, each major must select courses from among the following: 

Social Sciences: one required course to be elected from among anthropology (SOC 120), 
history (HIS 125, 126, or 200 level or above), sociology (200 level or above), political 
science (PSC 111, 1 12, or 200 level or above), or DSP 320. The course must be related to 
American culture. 3 credits. 

Humanities and Fine Arts: two required courses, one of them at the 200 level or above, to 
be elected from among English, art, music, religion (or REL 120), or philosophy (or PHL 
140). The courses must be from different disciplines and must be related to American 
culture. 6 credits. 

Each major must also select a concentration: two courses to be elected in consultation with 
the academic adviser. These courses could include AMS 400 (internship) and/or AMS 500 
(independent study), or they could be upper division courses in another discipline. 6 credits. 

Minor: AMS 111, 211, 223, 229, 311, 450 (18 credits) 

Courses in American Studies (AMS): 

101. Introduction to American Cultures. An interdisciplinary, cultural study of fundamental 
American institutions, social patterns, cultural myths, and cultural icons in historical 
perspective. Field trips to national and regional sites included. 3 credits. 

111. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of 
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3 
credits. 

211. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore; such gen- 
res as folk art, folk music and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and 
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits. 

223. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing 
on cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism, 
Enlightenment, Rationalism, Transcendentalism, Utopianism, the Southern Agrarians, 
The Progressives, the New York Intellectuals, Marxism, feminism, and the New 
Journalism. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College American Studies Program 29 



229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of the social, political, 
economic and cultural upheaval of the 1960s and 1970s in the historical context. 3 credits. 

230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American 
denominations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis 
will be placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits. 

311. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology and 
their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments. 
Disciplinary perspective. Prerequisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits. 

450. Schwinns, Barbies, and Bicycles. An integrative study by each student of a single item 
of American material culture, seen from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

John Hinshaw, associate professor of history, director of the American Studies Program. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

Students will be instructed by professors in a variety of disciplines including: 
Dr. Eric Bain-Selbo, Religion and Philosophy; Jean-Paul Benowitz, History and 
American Studies; Dr. Don Byrne, Religion and Philosophy; Dr. Gary Grieve-Carlson, 
English; Dr. John Hinshaw, History; Diane Pietkiewicz, American Studies; Dr. Mary 
Pettice, English; Dr. Jeff Robbins, Religion and Philosophy; Dr. Dan Simpkins, 
Anthropology and Sociology; Ted Sickler, American Studies; Dr. Steve Williams, Biology. 




30 American Studies Program 



2004-2005 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF ART AND ART HISTORY 

The visual arts play a crucial role in a liberal arts education. In the art and art history pro- 
gram, we challenge students to explore the creative process and recognize the essential con- 
tribution of the visual arts to human society. Central to the program is a direct engage- 
ment with works of art, whether in the studio, in the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery, or in 
major museums. Our program is one of the few, regionally, to offer a course in Museum 
Studies, with instruction in gallery maintenance and exhibition research, programming, 
and installation. 

A student majoring in art and art history may choose a studio art or art history con- 
centration. All students take the following foundation courses: Concepts in the Visual Arts, 
Art Survey, Drawing, and Sculpture. For studio majors, further requirements include Two- 
Dimensional Design, Intermediate Drawing, Fundamentals of Painting, and five more 
courses from a wide selection. Art history majors take Renaissance and 19th-century Art, a 
methodology course, and five more courses from a broad selection. Most courses fea- 
ture a class trip to an artist's studio, design workshop, or regional art center. 

There are no prerequisites for entry into the art and art history program. No portfolio is 
required. 

Art and Art History Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in art and art history; studio art or art history 

concentration. 

Major: Core requirements: ART 100, 105, 112, 209, 212. 

Studio Concentration: Requirements: ART 213, 215, 219. Five additional courses chosen 
from ART 211, 217, 221, 223, 307, 309, 315, 319, 350, 351, 353, 405, 511. One of the 
additional courses can be an art history course (39 credits, including core requirements). 

Art History Concentration: Requirements: ART 312, 314, 316. Five additional courses 
chosen from ART 318, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 350, 351, 353, 
510 (39 credits, including core requirements). 

Minor: ART 100, 105, 112, 209, 212, and one additional course from those offered to art 
and art history majors (18 credits). 

Courses in Art and Art History (ART): 

100. Concepts in the Visual Arts. This course explores fundamental issues in the produc- 
tion and interpretation of art. Representation and style, changing ideas of beauty, the artist 
in society, art and controversy, and the relationship of art to visual culture are studied as 
the basis for gaining a greater understanding of images. 3 credits. 

105. Fundamentals of Drawing. Using traditional methods in a variety of media, this 
essential studio course explores drawing as a way of seeing and recording visual information 
from the world around us. Principles of composition and explorations of personal expression 
are also introduced. 3 credits. 

112. Art Survey: Ancient-Gothic. An introduction to art and architecture in its historical 
and cultural context from the ziggurats of Mesopotamia and the pyramids of dynastic 

Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 3 1 




Egypt to the temples of ancient Greece and Rome, the mosaics of Byzantium, and the 
illuminated manuscripts and soaring cathedrals of medieval Europe. Attention is paid to 
skills in critical description and visual analysis. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Art Therapy. This course explores the history of the art therapy pro- 
fession and the development of creative expression in young people up to the age of four- 
teen. Emphasis is placed on the use of different art media, approaches, and techniques. 3 
credits. 

207 German Art. An exploration, on site, of German art and architecture across the 
centuries. Students enjoy the city of Cologne as classroom, with visits to galleries, 
museums, monuments, and workshops. Offered in the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

209. Fundamentals of Sculpture. Through the use of time-honored materials — plaster, 
clay, and wood — this studio course investigates three-dimensional form as a basis for art 
and design. Modeling, carving, mold-making, and assemblage are introduced as essential 
sculptural processes in a variety of projects. 3 credits. 

210. Digital Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase 
visual literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills, and present the creative possibilities 
of the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Digital 
Communications 210.] 

211. Photography. This course explores the technical and conceptual elements of fine-art, 
film-based photography. Students are introduced to the operation of the camera, processes 
of film development and black-and-white printing, compositional and aesthetic principles, 
and thematic explorations. Single lens reflex camera with manual mode required. 3 credits. 



32 Art and Art History 



2004-2005 Catalog 



212. Art Survey: Renaissance-Postmodern. From Giotto to Giacometti, Fragonard to 
Frank Lloyd Wright, an examination of the visual and material culture of Europe, North 
America, and other regions from the fourteenth century to the present day. Special attention 
is paid to aesthetics, economics, gender, and nationalism. Writing process. 3 credits. 

213. Two-Dimensional Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles of 
composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as Digital Communications 255.] 

215. Intermediate Drawing. Students move beyond Fundamentals of Drawing to explore 
the expressive and thematic potential of a variety of media and subjects. Attention is paid 
to the history of drawing and to the development of individual concepts and professional 
studio practices. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

277. Figure Drawing. This course calls on traditional methods of anatomical study for an 
intensive exploration of human form as a central component of drawing and expressive 
mark-making. Students consider historical and contemporary figurative art as a basis for 
the development of individual concepts. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

219. Fundamentals of Painting. Using art-historical examples, this course introduces the 
physical and visual properties of paint. Through a variety of projects, students explore the 
expressive potential of this medium and learn basic techniques of professional studio 
practice, such as constructing a painting support and working safely with paint. 
Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

221. Watercolor. This course introduces the unique physical and visual properties of water- 
color paint. Individual pictorial development is emphasized through a variety of subjects, 
with a focus on historical and contemporary uses of the medium. Prerequisite: ART 105 or 
by permission. 3 credits. 

223. Ceramics. Students explore a number of essential ceramic techniques, such as pinch-, 
coil-, and slab-construction, wheel-throwing, and a range of low-temperature surface 
treatments. The course focuses on fundamental principles of design, with reference to 
ceramic history and contemporary uses of the medium. 3 credits. 

307. Printmaking. In this studio course students explore a variety of techniques and 
approaches central to the history of printmaking, including relief printing, intaglio, 
collographs, and monotypes. Students also learn how prints are handled and exhibited. 
Prerequisites: ART 215 or ART 217 or ART 219 or by permission. 3 credits. 

309. Pastel. This course introduces students to the visual and tactile properties of pastel and 
explores the expressive potential of the medium through a variety of techniques, from non- 
directional mark-making to edge-building. Attention is paid to the history of pastel and to 
basic rules of conservation and framing. Prerequisites: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits. 

312. Renaissance Art. Focusing on the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, this 
course offers a comprehensive survey of the major monuments, themes, and developments 

Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 33 



of Renaissance art in Europe. Works by Giotto, Van Eyck, Brunelleschi, Botticelli, Diirer, 
Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian, among others, are examined. Particular attention is 
paid to the antique tradition in the arts, development of the professional artist, church patron- 
age, and the development of modem political and economic systems. Prerequisites: ART 
100 or ART 112 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits. 

314. Art in 19th-century Europe. This course uncovers the roots of modernism by trac- 
ing patterns of change in the art of France, Spain, England, and the German states from 
the 1780s to the 1860s. Painting and sculpture are examined in the context of political 
unrest, urban and industrial expansion, colonialism, the lure of the Orient, new criticism, 
and the burgeoning art market. Artists include David, Goya, Friedrich, Constable, and 
Courbet. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 112 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits. 

315. Intermediate Sculpture. This course offers an intensive exploration of the making of 
sculpture, extending beyond fundamental processes to more advanced areas of thematic 
study. Historical and contemporary viewpoints are examined. Prerequisites: ART 209 or 
by permission. 3 credits. 

316. Approaches to Art History. This course introduces students to major viewpoints and 
principal areas of art-historical research, including sociological and biographical methods, 
connoisseurship, iconography, semiology, psychoanalytic perspectives, gender studies, 
and deconstruction. The history of the discipline and some of the challenges that confront 
it will be described and analyzed. Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits. 

318. Greek and Roman Art and Architecture. A survey of ancient Greek and Roman art 
and architecture, highlighting major stylistic phases, monuments, and objects of art from 
the Greek Archaic period to the fall of Rome. The cultural, philosophical, political, and 
economic contexts from which Greek and Roman art emerged, and classical revivals in 
post-medieval Europe and in America, are also explored. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 
112. 3 credits. 

319. Intermediate Painting. This course takes a thematic approach to painting, focusing 
on such areas of study as figuration and abstraction. Emphasis is on process, technique, 
and individual conceptual investigations within historical and contemporary models. 
Prerequisites: ART 219 or by permission. 3 credits. 

322. Italian Baroque Art and Architecture. This course surveys painting, sculpture, and 
architecture in a social, political, and cultural context in 17th- and 18th-century Italy. 
The work of the Carracci, Caravaggio, Bernini, and Borromini will be examined. 
Students explore such issues as patronage by private citizens, nobles, and popes; art and 
religion; the classical tradition; and art and architectural theory. Prerequisites: ART 112 or 
ART 212. 3 credits. 

324. Northern European Art, 17th and 18th Centuries. An introduction to the art of 
the Low Countries and France, including the work of Rubens, Rembrandt, and 
Vermeer; the French Caravaggisti, Poussin, Claude, Watteau and Boucher. Particular 
attention is paid to questions of stylistic, geographical, and political difference and to 
the social circumstances in which works were produced, viewed, and sold. 
Prerequisites: ART 112 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

34 Art and Art History 2004-2005 Catalog 



326. Impressionism and Post-Impressionism. An examination of the origins, making 
and meaning of Impressionist and Post-Impressionist paintings in the context of 
momentous social and economic change in 19th-century France. Artists include Manet, 
Degas, Monet, Cezanne, Gauguin and Van Gogh. Particular attention is paid to artist 
training; the exhibition, sale, and collecting of art; and new choices of subject matter. 
Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

328. Modern Art. An overview of modern and postmodern art from the 1 890s to the 
present, including important stylistic movements such as Cubism, Dada and Surrealism, 
Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, and a number of postmodern approaches since 1960. 
The focus will be on the ideas, works, and critical reception of specific artists, widened to 
include issues of race and gender and related developments in politics and literature. 
Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits. 

330. American Art. An introduction to American art from 1650 to the present day. The 
course offers a critical grounding in selected themes, with an emphasis on cultural history 
and stylistic change. Includes painting, architecture, film, photography, and sculpture. 3 
credits. 

332. British Art. This survey of British art from 1700 to the present unfolds by way of 
major themes and art movements, including portraiture and patronage in the 1 8th centu- 
ry, classicism and the Grand Tour, Ruskin and the Pre-Raphaelites, late Victorian art and 
design, and "shocking! art in Britain now." Students encounter the work of artists for 
whom issues of class, empire, school, and country have rarely gone unheeded. The role of 
the British Royal Academy and the heritage of the English country house will also be 
examined. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

334. East Asian Art. An introductory survey of the art and architecture of China and Japan 
from the Neolithic age to the 20th century, examined in a social, cultural and political con- 
text. Among the topics covered: Jomon pottery in Japan; Buddhist caves in China; impe- 
rial palaces in Chang'an and Beijing; Japanese castles; landscape, figure, scroll, and 
screen painting; and Eastern gardens. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

336. East West: Art and Cultural Interchange from Hellenism to the Modern Era. 

An examination of the impact of Eastern culture, aesthetics, and formal design on Western 
art and architecture, from the Hellenistic Greek embrace of Persian and Indian motifs to 
the intersection of nonwestern ideas and the oeuvre of Picasso. The impact of Western 
motifs on Japanese art in the 19th century is also explored. Attention is given to Western 
historical conceptions of "otherness" and to the limitations of Western critical approaches to 
art history. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits. 

338. Rome. This course investigates the art, culture, and architecture of Rome from the pre- 
Republican era to the 20th century. Organized thematically and chronologically, the course 
considers such topics as: images of authority (Republican & Empire); subterranean Rome: 
the catacombs; the path of the medieval pilgrim; antiquity and its reinterpretations in the 
Renaissance; the papacy and urban planning in Counter-Reformation Rome; the Grand 
Tour; and Mussolini and fascist architecture. Prerequisites: ART 112 or ART 212. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 35 



340. Museum Studies. This course examines the history, principles, and practices of art 
museums. Students investigate issues related to the development, care, and use of museum 
collections; the function, management, and operation of museums of art; museum education; 
curatorial methods and exhibition development; and research and catalogue writing. 
Participants plan, organize, and mount a temporary exhibition at the Suzanne H. Arnold Art 
Gallery. Prerequisites: ART 112 and ART 212. 3 credits. 

350. Paris: AH, Culture and Urban Development. An exploration of the art, architecture, 
culture, and urban planning of Paris from Roman settlement to modern capital city. 
Students assess the ways in which the demands of patrons, the vision of urban admin- 
istrators, and the increasing power of the middle class tempered the aims of artists in 
the city over the centuries. "Visits" include Notre Dame, the Louvre palace, 
Montmartre, and even the Paris sewers, with excursions to Versailles and other royal 
chateaux. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

351. Color: AH, Perception and Cultural Context. This course immerses students in a 
thematic investigation of color as a dynamic force in human perception, the natural world, 
and popular contemporary culture. Perceptual experiments, readings, and film screenings 
help to uncover the vital role color plays in our understanding of the world around us. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

353. Visual AH and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the visual 
arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist, and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreligious 
content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 
3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 353.] , 

405. Advanced Studio: Directed Study. This course is designed for students intending 
to pursue a graduate degree in studio art or independent work as a professional artist. 
The emphasis is on the creation and exhibition of a unique body of work, facilitated by 
individual tutorials and group discussions. Prerequisites: by permission. 3 credits 

Faculty 

Barbara Anderman, assistant professor of art history. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey. 

Her research has focused on French genre painting and art theory in the late Baroque and 

early modern period. She teaches courses in 18th- and 19th-century art and architecture, 

methodology, and the art and culture of Paris. 

Karen Beall, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.F.A., The University of Tennessee. 

Beall is a nationally recognized sculptor, whose work was recently featured in Sculpture 

magazine. Her work is on permanent display at the Hartsfield Atlanta International Airport 

as a part of the airport's public art collection. She teaches Fundamentals of Sculpture. 

Melanie DeMartyn, adjunct instructor in art. 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 

DeMartyn is board certified and a licensed professional counselor. She has 19 years' expe- 



36 Art and Art History 2004-2005 Catalog 



rience conducting family, group, and individual psychotherapy. Her areas of expertise 
include psychiatric problems, childhood sexual abuse, drug and alcohol abuse, and 
women's and children's issues. She teaches Introduction to Art Therapy. 

Richard Johnson, adjunct instructor in art. 

B.S., Millersville University. 

Johnson has seven years' experience in the graphic-arts field, working in advertising and 

as an instructor. He teaches Digital Graphic Design. 

Barbara Kyne, adjunct instructor in art. 
M.A., John F. Kennedy University. 

Kyne teaches photography. Her work, which has been exhibited across the United States, 
explores presence in time through the study of monuments, museums, and memorials. She 
was a columnist and photographer for Artweek Magazine and has taught at numerous col- 
leges in the San Francisco Bay Area. 

G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence. 

M.F.A., University of Kansas. 

Pastel on paper is his primary medium. His work is in many public collections, including 

The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Philadelphia Museum of Art, Smithsonian American 

Art Museum, and Art Institute of Chicago. He is represented by Forum, with galleries in 

New York City and Los Angeles. He teaches advanced studio courses and Greek and 

Roman Art and Architecture. 

Dennis Maust, adjunct instructor in art. 
M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology. 

Maust teaches ceramics. He has been a consultant for the development of functional 
design objects in Peru, El Salvador, and Tanzania. His work has been exhibited through- 
out the eastern and midwestem United States. 

Michael Pittari, assistant professor of art. 

M.F.A., The University of Tennessee. 

His research has focused on the history and theory of two-dimensional media in relation 

to contemporary art practice. Represented by Marcia Wood Gallery in Atlanta, he has 

exhibited drawings, paintings and installations throughout the United States. He teaches 

courses in studio art, design, and color theory. 

Marie Riegle, adjunct assistant professor of art. 
M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Riegle teaches Drawing and Visual Art and Religious Experience. A writer as well as a prac- 
ticing artist, she has received an award for her fiction for children. 

Scott Schweigert, director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and assistant professor 

of art history. 

M.A., The George Washington University. 

Schweigert is a specialist in Renaissance and Southern Baroque art, whose research 

interests include issues of art patronage in Baroque Rome and architecture of the 15th to 

18th century. He teaches courses in Renaissance and Baroque art and the art and culture 

of Rome. 



Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 37 



DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY 

Biology Program 

The Biology Department attempts to share with all LVC students the role of living 
organisms within the universe. We encourage the students to understand how these organ- 
isms interact with each other and their environments and are the result of the complex 
interplay of ordinary chemicals, arranged according to the fundamental laws of physics 
and assembled in mathematically predictable ways. 

The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well versed in the 
principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel 
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their 
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline, and maintain honest 
academic conduct. 

The Biology Department curriculum (1) employs the underlying principles of biology 
and requires a background in the supporting disciplines; (2) requires the application of the 
scientific method in the laboratory or field; (3) integrates informational retrieval, the 
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings; and 
(4) prepares students for advanced study in medical, dental and veterinary professional 
schools, graduate schools, and employment in technical fields. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of phys- 
iology, cellular and subcellular biology, botany, morphology and population biology (33 
credits). CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16 credits); PHY 103, 104 or 111, 
112; MAS 161 or 111 (60-62 total credits). 

Minor: BIO 101, 102, or BIO HI, 112, 113, 114; plus four additional courses in biology 
(24 total credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology 
must take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 110 and SED 
430,431 and 440. 

Courses in Biology (BIO): 

BIO 111, 112, 113 and 114 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless 

otherwise noted. 

101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate 
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis, 
major organ systems, immunity and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include 
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology and ECG. 4 credits. 

102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the 
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging 
from basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early developmental stages 
are also covered. Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both 
chromosomal and gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and 



38 Biology 2004-2005 Catalog 



application of genetics to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The labo- 
ratory is intended to give the student "hands-on" experience in making observations, per- 
forming experiments and working with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in the 
laboratory include studying prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating genes 
in bacteria, isolating DNA and learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits. 

103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an 
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes 
and current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are 
evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources, 
ozone depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of 
wetlands, energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises 
are designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits. 

111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed 
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology, 
and evolution. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 113. 3 credits. 

772. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers 
concepts in physiology, botany, embryology, and ecology. Must be taken concurrently with 
Biology 114. 3 credits. 

113. General Biology I Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohy- 
drate analysis, isolation and identification of plant pigments, microscopy, and histological 
techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 111.1 credit. 

114. General Biology II Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include shark anatomy, 
invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angiosperms, Stomate 
response to environmental changes, animal taxonomy, and an ecological field study. Must 
be taken concurrently with Biology 112. 1 credit. 

201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and 
molecular genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical 
and molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic 
crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of 
chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

272. Animal Behavior. A study of the basic concepts of invertebrate and vertebrate 
behavior with emphasis on the development, genetics, physiology and evolution of 
behavior. Laboratory exercises include ethogram construction, avian foraging, aggressive 
display analysis and estrous cycle regulation. Prerequisite: BIO 112 or permission. 4 credits. 

227. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with 
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. Intensive 
laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates. 
4 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Biology 39 




222. Human Physiology. The design of this course is intended to impart an understanding 
of the basic concepts of human physiology with emphasis on neuromuscular, cardiovascular, 
and endocrine physiology. Laboratory exercises place emphasis on effective experimental 
designs and data analysis in the study of physiological mechanisms. Lab exercises cover 
such topics as muscle contraction measurements, spirometry, and EKG analysis. 4 credits. 
Does not fulfill a biology major requirement. 

302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and the 
relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the 
structure and reproduction of algae and plants and with the identification and pollination of 
flowering plants in the local flora. Prerequisite: BIO 112 or permission. 4 credits. 

304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal 
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes 
the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and metamorphosis. 
Writing process. 4 credits. 

305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy 
of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and organelles, 
cell motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in relation 
to function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using selected 
histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic techniques. 
4 credits. 



40 Biology 



2004-2005 Catalog 



306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology and biochemistry of repre- 
sentative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques 
and procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits. 

307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants. 
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

312. Ecology I . An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive laboratory 
work and field experiences in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems. Prerequisites: 
BIO 112 or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with 
emphasis on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the 
interactions of the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101 
or 112 and one semester of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits. 

323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological and 
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion 
of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity and antibody-mediated immune responses. The 
course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are discussed 
with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity, histocom- 
patibility, immunogenetics and acquired inmiune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO HI, 112 
and CHM 111, 113 or equivalent or permission. 4 credits. 

324. Invertebrate Physiology. A study of many of the invertebrate phyla, concentrating on 
the physiological mechanisms controlling movement, metabolism, information, and con- 
trol and reproduction. Writing process. 4 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seek- 
ing certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting 
in the preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and 
preparation, administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission 
of the instructor. 1 credit. 

404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and 
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students 
will learn the proper use, application and limitations of the appropriate instruments. 
Prerequisite: BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits. 

409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative 
aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of the 
instructor. 4 credits. 

499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an 
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This 
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 41 



Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program 

The Biology Department offers a biochemistry and molecular biology program in 
conjunction with the Chemistry Department, described on page 55. The major in biochem- 
istry and molecular biology is an interdisciplinary program that provides an opportunity for 
interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of the chemical basis of biological 
processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced study in medical, dental and other 
professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety of subjects including biochemistry, 
clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, genetics, microbiology, and physiology 
and for research positions in industrial, academic and government laboratories. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology. 

Major:mO 111,112, 113, 114, 201;CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; BCMB 
401, 421, 422, 430, 499; MAS 161; PHY 103, 104 or 111, 112 (51 credits); nine credits 
from BIO 304, 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 311. 

Courses in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (BCMB): 

401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in 
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering) 
and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and 
BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

421, 422. Biochemistry 1, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids and carbo- 
hydrates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular 
weight determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms, 
membrane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control, 
electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 and 312 
or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids, 
carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit. 

499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on special topics in bio- 
chemistry. 1 credit. 

Psychobiology Program 

The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and 
Psychology, described on pages 38 and 132. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the 
physiological substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of 
psychology and biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study in 
medicine, veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, phys- 
iological psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics and neuroscience, as well 
as research positions in industry, universities, hospitals and government laboratories. 



42 Biology 2004-2005 Catalog 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology. 

Major: mo 111, 112, 113, 114, 212, 322 or 324 (16 credits); PSY 111, 120, 130,285,378, 
379 (18 credits); BIO 499 or PBI 499; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114 (8 credits); MAS 161; plus 
8 additional credits in the sciences in consultation with advisor. 54 total credits. 

Courses in Psychobiology (PBI): 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion. 
Prerequisite: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130or permission; completion of a biology course is rec- 
ommended. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Psychology 378.] 

499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on selected topics in 
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit. 

Faculty 

Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, AIDS, and 
participates in general biology. His students are introduced to a wide range of laboratory 
experiences including modem instrumentation and computer-assisted data collection. His 
research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat energy budgets, 
and computer analysis and simulation of animal-environment interactions. He is also 
director of the Daniel Fox Youth Scholars Institute. 

Stacy A. Goodman, associate professor of biology. 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvaraa State University. 

She teaches general biology, animal behavior, coordinates the general biology laboratories, 
and supervises the senior seminar. Her research interests include the functioning of carbon- 
ic anhydrase isozymes and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis. 

Luke G. Huggins, assistant professor of biology. 

Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook. 

He teaches developmental biology and general biology. His research interests focus on 

induction and specification of mesoderm in invertebrate model systems. 

Sidney Pollack, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology, and general biology. He is 

the academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His research 

interests include Paramecium genetics. 

Susan Verhoek, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 

She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships 

and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is 



Lebanon Valley College Biology 43 



on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president 
of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of 
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in 
plants that flower in the spring. 

Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis. 

He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology, and the biochemical portions of general 
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley 
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions 
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 years, 
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years 
of experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a 
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, and ecology. His 
research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with particular emphasis on salt- 
marshes of the eastern United States. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of 
marine biology in the Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

He teaches cell and tissue biology, invertebrate physiology, electron microscopy, and 

general biology, and directs independent study in cell biology using electron microscopic 

and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine shrimp. Anemia, to study 

the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive, reproductive and neurosensory 

systems. He is also chairman of the Health Professions Committee. 

Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology. 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology. 



44 Biology 2004-2005 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

The Department of Business and Economics offers programs leading to the Bachelor of 
Science degree in accounting, business administration, and health-care management, and the 
Bachelor of Arts degree in economics. A major in music business is also offered by the 
Music Department. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core required of all 
Lebanon Valley College students. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for 
assuming leadership positions in the changing environment. 

Accounting and business administration students complete a common body of 
knowledge in close conformity with the national standards for the study of business as 
recommended by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB 
International). This comprehensive background in business fundamentals helps graduates 
become prepared for business careers and graduate school. 

Economics students pursue the science of the choices forced upon us by a world of 
resources that have competing uses. The major in economics includes preparation in 
accounting, mathematics, pohtical science and economics. Economists have a wide variety 
of employment opportunities. 

Students have the opportunity to enhance their understanding of global concepts by 
studying at the University of Maastricht in the Netherlands. This English-speaking program 
designed for junior-level majors allows students to take courses in European business and 
economics in the medieval city of Maastricht. Students can travel throughout Europe with 
emphasis on Belgium, France and Germany. Other students with French or Spanish back- 
grounds are encouraged to study at Lebanon Valley College programs in France or Spain. 

The department is a member of the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and 
Programs (ACBSP) and the Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business 
Administration (MAACBA). 

Accounting Program 

The program in accounting offers the Bachelor of Science degree in accounting. 
Majors receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. 
or C.M.A. The accounting curriculum prepares students for careers in public accounting, 
government, industry or finance. 

The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate and advanced account- 
ing topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields. 

The 21 credit hours for the minor in accounting supply the minimum accounting back- 
ground to sit for the C.P.A. exam. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting. 

Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102; MAS 111, 150 or 
161; 170, 270 or 372; BUS 160, 185, 285; 340 or 350; 361, 371, 383, 485; ACT 251, 252, 
353; two electives in accounting (54 credits). 

Minor: ACT 161, 162, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives (21 credits). 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 45 



Courses in Accounting (ACT): 

161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for 
business transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of 
owners' equity. 3 credits. 

162. Managerial Accounting. Cost- volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business 
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision 
making. Prerequisite: ACT 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

251. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted 
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles 
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well 
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets. 3 credits. 

252. Intermediate Accounting II. An analysis of financial statements, efi^ects of errors and 
changes on statements, preparation of funds flow statement, and valuation problems, in 
accounting for leases and pensions and stockholder's equity. Prerequisite: ACT 25 1 with a 
minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits. 

253. Intermediate Accounting III. This course is a continuation of ACT 252 with an 
emphasis on the measurement and reporting of income taxes, pensions, leases, accounting 
changes, disclosure issues, and cash flow. The course also addresses international 
accounting standards as they compare to U.S. GAAP and international reporting issues for 
U.S. companies. Case study component. Strongly recommended for students planning to 
take the CPA exam. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

351. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income 
presentation, interim reporting and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combinations 
and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

352. Governmental and Nonprofit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary 
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit 
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; the 
accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard cost 
systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based 
costing and just-in-time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's 
career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to 
juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, per- 
mission of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 cred- 
its. 

451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits. 

452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to 
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite: 
ACT 45 1 . 3 credits. 



46 Business and Economics 2004-2005 Catalog 



455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of 
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial 
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits. 

Business Administration Program 

This popular program offers the Bachelor of Science degree in business administration. 
This major is designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle-man- 
agement positions in industry, government and service organizations. 

The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowledge 
recommended by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB 
International) and provides a sohd background in the fundamentals of business. Majors 
complete a general business curriculum that prepares them for a variety of positions. 
Students desiring more in-depth study in a specific area of business may select a focus area 
composed of optional courses. Such focus areas include human resource/labor relations, 
international relations, marketing and public relations, and organizational psychology. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business. 

Major: ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 111, 150 or 161; 170, 270 or 372; BUS 160, 
185, 285, 340, 350, 361, 371, 376, 383, 460, 485 ( 51 credits). 

Minor: ECN 101; ACT 161; BUS 185, 340, 350, 371; one 300/400 business elecdve 
(21 credits). 

Courses in Business (BUS): 

160. Computer Applications. An introduction to PC software applications and their use in 

business. Through hands-on classroom instruction students learn software applications that 

are commonly used in business including word processing, presentation, spreadsheet, 

database, and Internet applications. The class teaches basic principles of using business 

software to solve problems, enhance critical thinking skills, and facilitate creativity. 3 

credits. 

185. Business Management. An examination of the functional areas of business admin- 
istration with an emphasis on management. The course focuses on understanding the 
composition of business organizations with respect to management, structure, leadership, 
and interpersonal relationships. Prerequisite: freshman or sophomore standing only or 
permission. 3 credits. 

215. Health. Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical 
care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effective 
manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physician, the 
hospital and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government and the 
insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

285. Organizational Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening 
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112. Writing process. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 47 



340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspective. 
Topics include marketing strategies, marketing research, consumer behavior, selecting target 
markets, developing, pricing, distributing and promoting products and services and non- 
profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organizational 
behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models in 
the workplace to improve individual, group and organizational performance. Prerequisite: 
junior standing and BUS 185, or permission. 3 credits. 

354. Advertising and Consumer Behavior. A study of the interrelationships between 
advertising and consumer behavior. Topics include the multimediation model of consumer 
behavior, the contributions of the social sciences to the understanding of consumer 
behavior, the development and effective use of advertising strategies, and the creation 
of advertising campaigns. Class projects will be a major component of the course. 
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits. 

361. Principles of Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset, 
liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working 
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and 
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other financial 
topics. Prerequisite: ACT 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits. 

362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal and 
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery, 
policy, management investment types and the development of portfolios for individuals 
and institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits. 

371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The 
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank- 
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits. 

372. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency, 
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation, 
estates and bankruptcy. 3 credits. 

374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a com- 
munication process and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is 
placed upon the development, implementation and evaluation of the sales presentation; 
and upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling 
and evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits. 

376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures 
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 185, 340. 3 credits. 



48 Business and Economics 2004-2005 Catalog 



380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization, 
staffing, production, marketing and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting 
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185. 3 credits. 

383. Management Science. An introduction to the techniques and models used in man- 
agement science. Topics include forecasting, inventory control models, linear programming, 
product scheduUng, and simulation. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and MAS 170 with a minimum 
grade of C- or better, BUS 185, ACT 161, 162. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's 
career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to 
juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, per- 
mission of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 credits. 

420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively 
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating and disciplining human 
resources. It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor- 
management relations. Prerequisite: BUS 185. 3 credits. 

460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information 
in management planning, operations and control in various types of business environments. 
Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials and 
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185 or permission. 3 credits. 

485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under con- 
ditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting and economics. 
Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 185, 340, 361 and senior 
standing or permission. Writing process. Prerequisite: Last semester seniors only. 3 credits. 

487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes 
of America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance 
systems, financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical 
services, and marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management, 
accounting and economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate 
management style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

Economics Program 

Economists study how we work and play to satisfy our needs and desires. The traditional 
major in economics deals with decisions and choices made by individuals and firms and 
with the macroeconomic consequences of those choices. Economists have a wide variety 
of employment opportunities in government and the private sector. The major includes 
courses in accounting, mathematics, political science and economics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics. 

Major: ACT 161; ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in 
economics; MAS 111, 150, or 161; 170, 270 or 372; PSC 110 (39 credits). 

Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 49 



Minor: ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional course in economics (18 credits). 

Courses in Economics (ECN): 

100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues 
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups like 
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues 
covered remain current but may include welfare, poverty, crime, the environment, race 
and gender in microeconomics and unemployment, the debt and deficit, inflation, and 
growth at the macroeconomic level. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101 
and/or 102 may not receive credit for ECN 100.) 

101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms 
make choices within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how 
much of their time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor. 
Firms decide how much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their goods. 
Together these choices determine what is produced, how it is produced, and for whom it 
is produced in our economic system. 3 credits. 

102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and 
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals 
with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment, 
and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they 
predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these variables and reach 
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101. 3 credits. 

201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of 
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer 
and firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and 
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for social 
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are 
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model of the 
macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. The 
assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining the 
macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation 
and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeconomic 
implications of free trade, and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macro- 
economics. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

250. Public Choice Economics. This course concerns itself with how individuals and 
groups make decisions in the context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the 
government. It goes beyond individual choice and private markets to group interests and 
activities. It emphasizes the ethical and political nature of all economic choices. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 



50 Business and Economics 2004-2005 Catalog 



312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit, 
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the 
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The 
course considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and monetary 
policy making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

315. Health Economics. This course uses the concepts of micro and macro economic theory 
to examine how health care is produced, delivered and financed. The tension between 
efficiency and equity that pervades the free market system will be a focal point. Topics such 
as the pricing of medical care, insurance and moral hazard, ethical problems of quality 
versus quantity control, and the political nature of policy decisions are examined. 
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human 
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs 
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it 
attaches to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays 
in decisions affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits. 

321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application 
in the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the 
Federal Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and 
the division of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites: 
ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

332. International Economics. This course introduces the theory and practice of inter- 
national economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and the 
traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modem theory of trade with 
imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of trade 
(World Trade Organization) and international finance (International Monetary Fund) are 
covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience related to the student's 
career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally limited to 
juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: 2.75 GPA, per- 
mission of the chairperson, completion of department's application form. 1-12 credits. 

410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics; each student 
will complete a research project that includes data analysis using a statistical computer 
program and retrieving data from the Internet. Students will also read and critique articles 
from refereed economic journals and from the popular press. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102, 
201, 202 and either 250 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 5 1 



Health Care Management Program 

The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who 
possess an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications 
are required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal 
arts and management, plus business practices common to the health care industry. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management. 

Major: Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 215, 285, 340, 
350, 371, 420, 487; ECN 101, 102; ENG 111; MAS 170, 270 or 372; PHL 160; SOC 324; 
12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or other disciphnes approved by the director of con- 
tinuing education (at least 6 credits in courses at the 200 level or higher). (60-63 total). 

Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed success- 
fully an accredited diploma or associate degree program with certification by a state gov- 
ernmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following fields: 
Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical 
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational 
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse, 
Respiratory Therapist, Clinical Perfusionist, Surgical Technician. 

Faculty 

Gayle L. Bolinger, assistant professor of accounting. 
M.S., Purdue University. 

Bolinger is a Certified Public Accountant, a Certified Valuation Analyst, and is working 
toward the Certified Fraud Examiner designation. She has experience in the public 
accounting, nonprofit, and corporate sectors. She most recently worked as a consultant to 
small businesses interested in enhancing their value and improving operations. She teach- 
es accounting courses. 

Donald C. Boone, associate professor of business administration. 

M.B.A., Michigan State University. 

Boone has 18 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in hotel 

management programs. He serves as coordinator of internships and study abroad and 

teaches courses in hotel management, financial and managerial accounting, and business 

management. Boone has received the designation of Certified Hotel Administrator from 

the Educational Institute of the AH&MA, and he is a non-practicing C.P.A. 

Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration and director of the Digital 

Communications program. 

M.J.P.R.A., Temple University. 

Kline co-owns a marketing and technology firm and his chief interests are in new media 

and business technology. He directs the interdisciplinary Digital Communications 

Program and is accredited in public relations (APR) by the Public Relations Scoiety of 

America. 

52 Business and Economics 2004-2005 Catalog 



Robert W. Leonard, professor of business administration. 
M.B.A., The Ohio State University. 

Leonard has been a management consultant for 20 years, working with over 300 organ- 
izations. He has received numerous state and federal grants for his work with nonprof- 
it organizations and has owned his own nonprofit training corporation since 1986. He 
has completed all doctoral coursework at The Ohio State University in organizational 
behavior and social psychology. 

Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration. 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer for the Lebanon Daily News. His 
research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effectiveness 
of an organization, and leadership. He serves on the executive board of the Association of 
Pennsylvania University Business and Economics Faculty, is a member of the editorial staff 
of the Pennsylvania Journal of Business and Economics, and is a judge for the International 
Society of Poets. 

R. Anthony Maynard, assistant professor of economics. 
Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Maynard's interests include international economics, developmental, environmental and 
natural resource economics, international finance, and international trade. He has pub- 
lished in the Journal of Economic Issues, and he also serves as a referee for Ecological 
Economics and History of Economic Review. 

Neil Perry, assistant professor of economics. 
M.C., University of Melbourne. 

Perry's research interests include environmental economics with specialization in the eco- 
nomics of biodiversity conservation, game theory, mathematical economics, and environ- 
mental taxation. He has published in the Journal of Economic Perspectives and serves as 
a referee for Ecological Economics and History of Economic Review. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., Union Graduate School. 

Dr. Raffield has been named a Fulbright Scholar to Ukraine at the State Academy of 

Management in Donetsk. He is also a faculty member for the M.B.A. program, consults with 

area businesses, and serves as the coordinator of advising for the department. 

Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting. Acting Chairperson. 
M.B.A., Boston University. 

AC.P.A., Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer sys- 
tems analysis, and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting. 

Edward J. Sullivan, associate professor of business administration. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Sullivan has published articles in business and economic journals and specializes in 

Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 53 



monetary, macro and financial economics. He teaches courses in principles of finance, 
management science, money and banking, and economics. 

Linda B. Beck, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.Ed., Temple University. 

Beck has worked in the private sector in training and development and as a consultant. She 

teaches organizational communication. 

Douglas C. Gautsch, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Gautsch works in logistical/transportation business development. He teaches courses in 

business and management. 

Michael P. Lavery, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.A., St. Francis University. 

Lavery has extensive experience in all areas of human resource management. He teaches 

courses in human resource management and diversity in the workforce. 

Ronald E. McKinley, adjunct instructor in accounting and business administration. 
M.B.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

McKinley has extensive experience in all areas of accounting and business. He teaches 
accounting courses and business management. 

Gene G. Veno, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.P.A., Marywood College. 

Veno has extensive experience in both public and private sector health-care administration. 

He teaches courses in business and marketing. 

Mary A. Winnerling, adjunct instructor in health-care management. 

M.M., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Winnerling has extensive experience in the health-care field as a project coordinator and 

nurse manager. She teaches health care management, organization communications, and 

business management. 

Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor in business administration. 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Zeigler works for the college in the computer services department as director of client 

services. He teaches courses in management information systems and computer applications. 



54 Business and Economics 2004-2005 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry Program 

Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed 
for protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources, 
improving our health, and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chem- 
istry is essential to understanding life itself. 

Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter 
industrial or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis, 
quality control, or research and development. Possibilities outside the laboratory include 
teaching, sales, marketing, technical writing, business and law. Many chemistry students 
continue their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry or in profes- 
sional schools in the areas of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. 

The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science 
Center. Major scientific equipment available to students includes a superconducting nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared 
spectrometer, a high-performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array UV- visible 
spectrophotometer, a Raman spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer, 
and an atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Computing facilities available to students in 
the department include 1 2 computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory. 

The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of lab- 
oratory research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the 
summer. Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants 
that professors receive to support their projects. 

Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry and one for those interested 
in biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two 
degrees in chemistry and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree 
has a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become 
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard 
Bachelor of Science, majoring in chemistry. 

The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the 
major program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 42. 

The chemistry department participates in the 3-1-2 Engineering Program and directs the 
chemical engineering track. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 24. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry. 

Majors: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 230, 305, 

306, 307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322, 411; BCMB 421; three credits from CHM 414^98 or 
590 or BCMB 422; four credits of CHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112 (63-64 cred- 
its). 

(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306, 

307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits). 

Minor: CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12 credits from CHM 213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 311, 312,411 
or BCMB 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCMB 430. 

Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 55 



Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry 
must take BIO 111,112; BCMB 421 ; CHM 360 and 21 credits of education courses, includ- 
ing EDU 110 and SED 430, 431 and 440. 

Courses in Chemistry (CHM): 

100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including 
mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium, 
bonding, and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience 
included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 100. 

109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics 
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for 
finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken con- 
currently with CHM 111.1 credit. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science 
major. First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions, 
calculations involving chemical concentrations, gas laws and bonding. Second semester 
covers kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermody- 
namics, electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school 
chemistry or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 112. 
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electro- 
chemistry, chemical synthesis, and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are 
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR, and atomic absorp- 
tion spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 111 for CHM 113 and CHM 1 12 for 
CHM 114. 1 credit per semester. 

213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistry. 
The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure 
of various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and 
mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits per semester. 

215, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic 
chemistry and modem instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis 
are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, 
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 114 and CHM 213 for CHM 215 
and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester. 

222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of 
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the 
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions, 
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry, and the structures of solids. 
Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits. 



56 Chemistry 2004-2005 Catalog 



230. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory. Students will be exposed to a numer of advanced 
synthetic methods including inert atmosphere manipulations, high vacuum and tempera- 
ture dehydrations, mixed solvent crystallizations, and photochemical transformations. 
Writing process. Corequisite: CHM 222. 1 credit. 

305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of 
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous 
considerations of complex chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 
credits. 

306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications 
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography; 
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotometry; 
nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods. 
Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 credits. 

307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro- 
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 
305. 1 credit. 

308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical 
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit. 

311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including 
phase and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and 
non-ideal solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 112, 
MAS 161, and PHY 104 or 112. 3 credits. 

312. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective. 
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular 
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics and transport processes. Prerequisite: 
CHM 311. 3 credits. 

321, 322. Physical Laboratory I, II. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of 
the principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry, 
conductivity, viscometry and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR spectroscopy 
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular 
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 3 1 1 for CHM 321 and CHM 312 for CHM 322. 
Writing process. 1 credit per semester. 

360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students 
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation of 
laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks, and computer software. Prerequisites: 
CHM 112, 114. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 57 




411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure, 
spectroscopy and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com- 
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits. 

414. Advanced Organic Chemistry. A study of advanced topics in the field of organic 
chemistry. The course covers mechanistic and synthetic chemistry with an emphasis on 
current and classical organic chemical literature. Prerequisites: CHM 213 and 214. 3 credits 

421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design 
and data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration, 
optimization, signal processing, and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers 
and chemical instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits 

510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty 
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in 
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or 
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester. 

810. Computers in Chemistry. A hands-on study of the application of Macintosh computers 
to problems in the high school chemistry curriculum. Topics include word-processing, 
graphics, spreadsheets, applications of computer interfacing, molecular modeling, and the 
Internet. 3 credits. 



58 Chemistry 



2004-2005 Catalog 



Course in Science (SCI): 

100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable 
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology, 
chemistry and physics. The course is open to all students and is appropriate for those 
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits. 

Faculty 
Marc A. Harris, assistant professor of chemistry. 
Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno. 

Research interests include the synthesis of macrocyclic azacrown and crown ether 
bipyridine analogues and their coordination complexes with Pt(II), Pd(II), and Rh(I). These 
complexes are investigated for their host-guest interactions with both small alkali metal 
cations and organic substrates. 

Kathleen Kolbet, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Research interests include statistical mechanics of condensed phase systems; equilibrium 

structure and thermodynamics of molecular and polymer liquids; and local and global 

structures of self-assembling systems. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University. 

Biochemistry. Moe directs his research toward an understanding of enzyme active sites. 

He uses a technique called affinity labeling to covalently label amino acid residues at 

enzyme active sites. His research group carries out kinetic analyses of modified enzymes, 

identifies labeled amino acids by chromatographic and protein-sequencing methods, and 

studies active site topography using computer-based molecular modeling. 

Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Research interests include the elucidation of intracellular biochemical signal transduction 

pathways, determination of protein functional domains and active sites using proteins 

designed at the DNA level, and the development of novel methods and techniques for the 

detection and analysis of biochemical molecules. 

H. Anthony Neldlg, professor and chairperson emeritus. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award 

in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in 

1978. Neidig's pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experiments 

for introductory chemistry. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, lecturer in chemistry. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 

Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the elementary 

school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school. 

Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 59 




CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Citizenship 
Education in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the 
Citizenship Education core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the fol- 
lowing disciplines: history, political science or economics. Graduation requirements for 
any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There is 
no major in citizenship education. (NOTE: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is also 
reinstating a broader social studies certification.) Dr. James H. Broussard is the coordina- 
tor of the Citizenship Education Certification Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Citizenship Education core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 103, 104, 125, 126 or 127, 202; 
PSC 110, 130, 210, an upper division course in American politics, and either HIS 360 or 
PSC 360. (36 credits). 

Secondary Education core courses: EDU 110, SED 280, 430, 431, 440. 22-24 credits. 
Students must conform to state guidelines that require another math and an English or 
American literature course in addition to the general education requirements. Students 
must apply to the certification program after completing at least 48 credits (including the 
math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point average and must maintain that average 
in order to be certified. 

Major courses: history, political science, or economics. (32-^0 credits). 



60 Citizenship Education 



2004-2005 Catalog 



DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM 

The Digital Communications Program explores the fundamental elements of com- 
munication, business, design, and technology. The program fosters critical reasoning and 
learning so graduates have the ability to evolve as quickly as current technology. 

The program is interdisciplinary and combines classes from the art, business, English, 
and computer science departments into one degree. After graduating with a B.S. in digi- 
tal communications, the student is prepared to enter a wide range of technology-related 
positions in marketing, public relations, information technology, journalism, graphic 
design, Internet development, multimedia, and programming. 

The creation of content, both written and visual, remains at the heart of this subject. 
Students will study art, writing and marketing in the context of content creation for the New 
Media. Students will learn the theory behind the design of effective presentations and will 
employ existing multimedia technologies to create them. The techniques with which content 
is created, processed and delivered are found in the study of programming and computer sci- 
ence. Students in the program will choose a discipline related to the program and com- 
plete advanced coursework to form a cognate in that area. Students will investigate and care- 
fully consider the social, ethical, psychological, aesthetic, commercial, educational and legal 
ramifications of the information technology revolution. 

The program, designed to be interdisciplinary and integrative, emphasizes critical 
thinking, creativity and analysis, rather than specific apphcations and technologies. The 
General Education Program at the College, together with the courses in the students' cog- 
nate areas, will expose the students to the fundamental questions of how information is cre- 
ated, processed, understood, and communicated in those disciplines. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in Digital Communications. 

Major Core: CSC 122, 245; DCOM 130, 230, 330, 410, 431; DCOM 210, 355; DCOM 
265, 365; DCOM 285, 385. 

In addition to the core, each major must select a cognate area from art, business, English, 
or computer science and take three additional courses from the cognate department. (48 
credits.) 

Courses in Digital Communications (DCOM): 

130. Introduction to Digital Communications. A broad survey of the curriculum making 
up the Digital Communications major. This includes the authoring of content (text, visu- 
al, aural); designing presentations for that content; understanding the processes, compo- 
nents; and distribution of information technology; introducing the legal and ethical envi- 
ronments, and comprehending the integrative nature of design, business, communication 
and technology in society's culture. 3 credits. 

210. Digital Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase 
visual literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills and present the creative possibilities 
of the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Art 210.] 



Lebanon Valley College Digital Communications 61 



230. Information Law and Ethics. This course will examine the legal and ethical issues 
arising from the information age. Topics such as copyright, patent, privacy, security, libel, 
liability, and government regulation will be explored. 3 credits. 

255. Two-Dimensional Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and 
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles of 
composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as Art 213.] 

265. Business of Information I. An exploration of the important technologies related to 
doing business on the Internet. Topics will include e-commerce, advertising, customer 
support, and business-to-business applications. Emphasis on how businesses implement 
these technologies, resource requirements, cost-to-benefit analysis. 3 credits. 

285. Writing for Digital Media I. This course will provide students with the skills, theories 
of design, and experience to design viable digital media projects that meet specific goals and 
target specific audiences. Prerequisite: DCOM 210, or permission of the instructor. Usually 
offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

355. Design II. The course will focus on blending the creative and technical aspects of 
developing electronic images. Students will apply traditional art methods and techniques to 
the electronic canvas. Additionally, the course will serve to provide a historical perspective 
of electronic imaging and examine the limitations and possibilities of working in the 
electronic medium. 3 credits. 

365. Business of Information II. An exploration of the way businesses utilize technolo- 
gy to operate effectively. The course will focus on how businesses generate, manage, 
store, and distribute information that is key to performance of business objectives. Topics 
will include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship Management 
(CRM), Supply Chain Management (SCM), e-Marketing, and Business Intelligence. 
Prerequisite: DCOM 265, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

385. Writing for Digital Media II. This course will reinforce and build upon the design 
skills, theories, and experience from Writing for Digital Media I, and focus on the produc- 
tion and postproduction/development process. Prerequisite: DCOM 285, or permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 

485. Technology and Cultural Production. This course explores the influence of technology 
on literary (written) culture, establishing a historical perspective on the way we produce, 
communicate, and receive cultural works and how different technologies influence the 
production, dissemination and reception of cultural artifacts. Prerequisite: junior standing 
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 



62 Digital Communications 2004-2005 Catalog 




495. Literature and Hypertext. This course focuses on the Hterary, aesthetic, and theoretical 
imphcations of Western theories of "traditional" textuality and hypertexts. Course includes 
close literary analysis, theory, and hypertext projects. Prerequisite: junior standing and 
DCOM 285, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Joel A.Kline, assistant professor of business administration. Director of the digital com- 
munications program. 
M.J., Temple University. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English and Digital Communications. 
Ph.D., Arizona State University. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Digital Communications 63 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

The Department of Education certifies students in elementary, special education, and 
secondary education. 

Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become teachers 
or for those already certified who want to add elementary, special education, or a second- 
ary certification area to an existing certificate. 

Certification in two or more areas of teacher preparation is possible; however, such 
certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and may require additional 
semesters. Elementary education majors who, as freshmen, begin to pursue both elementary 
and special education certifications, will be able to complete them within their four years 
of study, unless they add other elements to their studies, such as pursuing an additional 
minor, double majoring, going abroad, etc. Careful and early scheduling can avoid 
misconceptions about such issues. 

The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates 
who will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and 
communities where they will live and work. 

In accord with the regulations set forth in Chapter 354, General Standards for the 
Institutional Preparation of Professional Educators, the following criteria must be met by 
all candidates who seek teacher certification at Lebanon Valley College: 

I. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is neither automatic nor synonymous 
with admission to the College or to the major. 

II. All teacher candidates must be admitted to teacher certification candidacy by a for- 
mal and clearly delineated process that is distinct from admission to the College and/or to 
the major. 

III. Admission to teacher certification candidacy is contingent upon the completion of 
these criteria: 

(1) completion of a minimum of 48 college credits; 

(2) an overall GPA, after having completed 48 or more college credits, of at least 3.0; 

(3) completion of at least one English composition course; 

(4) completion of one English or American literature course; 

(5) completion of two college level mathematics courses; 

(6) passing scores on these PRAXIS Tests: PPST Reading; PPST: Writing; PPST: 
Mathematics. 

(7) completion of the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification 
Candidacy form, available from the major adviser. 

IV. Those students who do not meet the above criteria may continue to pursue teacher 
certification, even though they are not and cannot be considered candidates for teacher 
certification until all of the above requirements have been met. 

V. Once all of the above requirements have been met, the student must see his or her advi- 
sor to complete the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification Candidacy form, 

VI. Students who are not formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy cannot 
student teach nor will they be able to be recommended for teacher certification upon grad- 
uation. 

VII. Students who have been formally admitted to teacher certification candidacy, but 
who afterward fall below the required overall GPA of 3.0, may continue in the program; 
however, they may not student teach unless and until they have achieved the required 
overall GPA of 3.0. 

64 Education 2004-2005 Catalog 



Vin. Students must have the required overall GPA of 3.0 at the time of graduation in 
order to be eligible for recommendation by the college for teacher certification. 

Title II 

In accordance with state and federal regulations, Lebanon Valley College regularly 
reports the aggregate student data to the Pennsylvania Department of Education. The 
HEA- Title II 2002-2003 academic data (the last year of available data) shows the 
Aggregate - Basic Skills institutional pass rate for the 102 students taking the assessment 
to be 98/102 or 96 percent, the Aggregate - Professional Knowledge pass rate for 103 stu- 
dents taking the assessment to be 95/103 or 92 percent, the Aggregate - Academic Content 
Areas (math, English, biology, etc.) pass rate for the 105 students taking the assessment 
to be 98/105 or 93 percent, and the Aggregate - Teaching Special Populations (special 
education, ESL, etc.) pass rate for the 44 students taking the assessment to be 44/44 or 100 
percent. Many factors, such as the number of students in the program, number of tests 
required for licensure, the number of licensure candidates who complete all required 
exams before graduation, and the number of teacher certification candidates who actual- 
ly take the licensure exams, affect the overall College scores. 

Education Program 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in general education. 

Courses in Education (EDU): 

110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical 
foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of 
influential educators. Includes required weekly field practicum (two hours per week 
minimum). Limited to any student desiring teacher certification in any content area with an 
approved PDE certification program or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to current 
research and practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course 
includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource 
personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a required weekly field 
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. 
Prerequisites: limited to any student desiring teacher certification in any content area with 
an approved PDE certification program or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the educational 
technologies used in the classroom based on the Pennsylvania Science and Technology 
Standards. Among the topics covered are computer hardware, peripherals, and operating 
systems; multimedia production; software evaluation and use; web page evaluation and 
construction; and ethical and societal issues related to the use of technology. Prerequisites: 
freshman or sophomore education majors or other certification candidates with permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 65 



Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program 

The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors 
who have a thorough grounding in the disciphnes they will teach within the context of a 
strong liberal arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and 
methodologies of all elementary school subjects. 

The field-centered component in the program requires extensive and carefully sequenced 
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all 
four years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong 
relationships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of 
two hours per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers 
and children, aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and 
completing tasks on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Student teacher 
candidates spend the semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester with 
their assigned cooperating teachers. Seniors spend the fall semester in full-time student 
teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role. Additional 
opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care centers, 
middle schools, and in classes for exceptional children. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education. 

Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 110, 310; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 
332, 341, 342, 344, 346, 361, 362, 401 or ART 120, 499; GPY 111; HIS 125; two col- 
lege-level mathematics courses, an English composition course, and an American or British 
literature course; PSY 180 (52-56 credits). 

Note: Students may graduate with the BS degree without completing student teaching. 
Students who are pursuing teacher certification must also complete 12 credit hours of 
ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major in 
Elementary Education. 

Courses in Elementary Education (ELM): 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, 
singing, using notation, listening, movement and creative applications. Limited to education 
majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Music 220.] 

250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade 
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM and Pennsylvania Academic 
Standards for Mathematics, the integration of media and technology, writing across the cur- 
riculum, student assessments and exceptional children. Attention is given to the develop- 
ment of hands-on teaching activities, simulations and experiences which can be utilized 
effectively with any classroom population. Limited to education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

270. Children's Literature. A study of the entire range of literature for children, from 
infants through grade 8 based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading and 
Language Arts. All categories of children's literature are experienced and studied, including 
poetry, picture books, traditional literature, modern fantasy, realistic fiction, historical 

66 Education 2004-2005 Catalog 



fiction, nonfiction (biography, informational books, etc.), multicultural and international 
literature. Attention is given to the essential values and crucial benefits of using children's 
literature in the classroom and in the home. Controversies involving children's literature 
are discussed openly, with care given to a balanced examination of all such issues. Limited 
to education majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised weekly field experiences 
(two hours per week minimum) in appropriate school settings. Prerequisite: permission. 
1-3 credits. 

332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in general 
science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental studies 
based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Science and Technology. The course 
emphasizes the experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with special 
attention to materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, authentic 
assessment, exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kindergarten through 
sixth grade students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, whole language approach to 
teaching physical and environmental science. Limited to education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

341. Teaching of Reading I. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the readi- 
ness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques required 
to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle schools, 
based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading and Language Arts. Effective 
reading programs, methods and materials are examined first hand. Prerequisite: ELM 270. 
Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

342. Teaching of Reading II. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the 
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques 
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle 
schools, based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading and Language Arts. 
Effective reading programs, methods and materials are examined first hand. Prerequisite: 
ELM 270, 341. Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills 
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes 
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease 
Control and Prevention and the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Science and 
Technology. The course examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight compo- 
nents in comprehensive school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health Education 
Standards, comprehensive school health programs, the 10 content areas of health education, 
and instructional strategies and materials appropriate to the teaching of health in today's 
schools. Attention is given to the ethical, moral and religious issues often associated 
with this area of the school curriculum. Limited to education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for 
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking, 
creative and practical writing, creative dramatics, handwriting, grammar and usage, 

Lebanon Valley College Education 67 




spelling, reading, thinking, visualizing and visually representing based on the 
Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Reading and Language Arts. The course empha- 
sizes media and technology, authentic assessment and exceptional children's language 
development. The course is designed to assist preservice teachers in helping children to 
communicate effectively and responsibly through a process writing, whole language, lit- 
erature based, multidisciplined approach to teaching. Writing process. Limited to educa- 
tion majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods 
and role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood, based 
on the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS and the applicable Pennsylvania Academic 
Standards. The curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of chil- 
dren as they relate to developing values and attitudes, and the planned study of people as 
they live and have lived in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the exam- 
ination of learning resources are required. Limited to education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in ele- 
mentary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation, 
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes and are 
based on the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Art. Limited to education majors or 
permission of instructor. 3 credits. 



68 Education 



2004-2005 Catalog 



440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under 
the supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors or students 
who are seeking certification and have been admitted to teacher certification candidacy 
status. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 is required to student teach. Prerequisites: 
EDU 110, 310; GPY 111; HIS 125; PSY 180; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 332, 341, 342, 
344, 361, 362 and permission of the Education Department faculty. 12 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are 
researched and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to 
further professional growth are explored. Teams of students are required to do extensive 
research in an approved topic and to make a computer-based, multimedia presentation of 
that reseai'ch to the class. Limited to senior elementary education majors or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

Geography Program 

A course in geography is offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural 
aspects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline. 

Course in Geography (GPY): 

111. Physical Geography and Its Impact. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and 
its impact on life as defined by the Pennsylvania Academic Standards for Geography, the 
Six Themes of Geography developed by the National Geography Standards and the 10 
Social Studies Strands of NCSS. Attention is given to the solar system, the earth' s 
movements, climate, weather, landforms, ecology, environmental awareness, and the 
processes that form and change the earth's surface. Students explore, through different 
modes of media and technology and a variety of hands-on activities, the impact that phys- 
ical geography has on their everyday lives. Prerequisite: Elementary education major or 
permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Secondary Teacher Certification Program 

Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by com- 
pleting an intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction 
with a carefully sequenced professional education component within the Education 
Department. Both the major program and the professional education component are com- 
pleted within the context of a strong foundation in the liberal arts. 

Departmental majors may seek certification in art (expected approval in 2004), biolo- 
gy, chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, social science, 
and citizenship education. 

Candidates are provided with opportunities to observe and to teach in junior high, mid- 
dle school, and high school settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester. 
Cooperating teachers are selected through a process involving College faculty, public 
school personnel, and the student teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements 
possible. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete 

the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses. 

Lebanon Valley College Education 69 



Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, biolo- 
gy, chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics, psychology 
[social science] and social studies [citizenship education].) 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete 
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting 
of EDU 110 and SED 430, 431 and 440. SED 280 or SED 431 must be taken in the fall 
or spring semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should 
be taken at least twice prior to SED 440. 

Courses in Secondary Education (SED): 

280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate 
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers. 
Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits. 

430. Practicum and Methods I. A study of the basic principles and procedures for middle 
school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Prerequisites: EDU 
110; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior status; approval of the instructor; 
must be taken prior to SED 431 or SED 440. 3 credits. 

431. Practicum and Methods II. A continuation of the basic principles and procedures for 
middle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. 
Prerequisites: EDU 110; SED 280, 430; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior 
or senior status; approval of the instructor; must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits. 

440. Student Teaching. Students spend the entire semester in an area school under the 
supervision of a cooperating teacher. Prerequisites: A cumulative grade point average of 
3.0 and admission to teacher certification candidacy are required. (See Education 
Department III 1-7.) EDU 110; SED 430, 431; open to seniors or students seeking certi- 
fication only. 

Note: It is strongly recommended that SED 430/43 1 be completed before taking SED 440. 
Under no circumstances should other courses should be taken during the student teaching 
semester except for SED 43 1 , if it has not been taken in the semester immediately pre- 
ceding the student teaching semester. SED 431 or SED 280 (1 credit for four hours per 
week in an assigned classroom with a cooperating teacher) should be taken in the semes- 
ter immediately preceding the student teaching semester. 



70 Education 2004-2005 Catalog 



Special Education Certification Program 

Cognitive, Behavior, Physical/Health 
Disabilities (CBP/HD) 

The Special Education Program operates in conjunction with the Elementary, Music 
Education, or Secondary Education Programs. Students complete a full sequence of 
course work in their majors in addition to their specialized course work in special educa- 
tion. Student teaching experiences are provided in two settings: one in a regular school 
setting and the second in a special education setting. Program graduates are certified to 
teach in regular elementary, music education, or secondary school programs and in special 
education programs for students with mental retardation, learning disabilities, behavior 
disorders, autism, orthopedic impairments, or multiple disabilities, grades K through 12. 

Students pursuing special education certification must at the same time be seeking 
either elementary, music education, or secondary teacher certification. Special education 
certification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas. 

Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate 
may apply for admission to the special education program. Each candidate's credentials 
will be reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to 
the special education program. 

Each course in the program includes mandatory weekly field experiences in a special 
education setting over the course of the entire semester. One half of the student teaching 
semester will be completed in a special education setting. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major in special education. Students complete the requirements in their majors 
and in the chosen area of certification relative to that major and the required courses in 
special education. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: art, biolo- 
gy, chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music educa- 
tion, physics, psychology [social science] and the social studies [citizenship education].) 

Courses in Special Education (EDU): 

310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to current 
research and practices concerning the range of exeptionalities in children. The course 
includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource 
personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a required weekly field 
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children. 
Prerequisites: limited to students enrolled in PDE approval certification programs or per- 
mission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

311. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Settings 

I. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs of 
exceptional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and application of 
curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and needs of 
students with various needs will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of the 
various kindergarten through grade 12 curricula, as well as life skills instruction, will be 
addressed. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education setting. 
EDU 311 is writing process. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Education 71 



312. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Settings 

II. Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs of 
exceptional students, preschool through grade 12. The development and application of cur- 
ricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and needs of stu- 
dents will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of the various kindergarten 
through grade 12 curricula will be addressed. Includes a required weekly field experi- 
ence in a special education setting. Prerequisite: EDU 110, 310, 311. 3 credits. 

313. Managing Instructional and Behavioral Components in Special Education and 
Included Classrooms. The absolute necessity of knowing how, when, why and the what 
of dealing effectively with students who have special learning needs will be addressed in 
this course. Ways of observing, of recording and of responding to student behaviors will 
be developed. Intervention strategies will be studied and evaluated. Classroom management 
will be analyzed and reflectively applied. Includes a required weekly field experience in 
a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312. 3 credits. 

314. Assessment, Evaluation, and Response Strategies for Students with Exceptionalities. 

Special education professionals need to use caution in the assessment process and in 
making educational decisions. There continues to be a need to understand the consequences 
of labeling and segregating individual students. This course will address the assessment 
process in light of current research and legislation concerning special education, with 
attention to recent state and federal legislation and revised mandates. This course also 
focuses on curriculum based assessments and performance based assessments used to 
evaluate the rate and quality of student learning and the effectiveness of teacher instruction 
on an ongoing basis. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education 
setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312, 313. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Susan L. Atkinson, professor of education. 
Ed.D., Temple University. 

She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, and language arts, plus courses in chil- 
dren's literature and physical geography. Supervises student teachers. Her research interests 
are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase academic achieve- 
ment. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom management, and early 
childhood education. She is the advisor for the College's professional teaching organization, 
which includes secondary, elementary and music education majors. 

Cheryl L. George, associate professor of education. 
Ph.D., University of North Texas. 

She serves as the director of special education and is responsible for the operation, 
coordination and continued development of the program. She teaches courses in special 
education and is the department liaison with special education administrators and teachers 
in the intermediate units and in the school districts of the surrounding areas. She oversees 
course-required field experiences and supervises student teachers in special education 
settings. She serves as a resource in special education matters for faculty and students 
involved in teacher certification, especially within the education department. 

72 Education . 2004-2005 Catalog 



Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. Chairperson. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 

He teaches courses in educational technology and secondary methodology and supervis- 
es student teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and technology in the 
department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and other instruction- 
al media in all phases of teacher preparation. 

Dale E. Summers, professor of education. 
Ed.D., Ball State University. 

He teaches courses in educational foundations, elementary social studies, and senior semi- 
nar. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor pre-student teaching 
field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education for the emotionally 
disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level. 

Linda L. Summers, assistant professor of education. 
M.A., Ball State University. 

She serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education 
Department. She teaches courses in language arts, social studies, and health. She super- 
vises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in education include 
early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of integrated curricu- 
lum, and cooperative learning. 

M. Jane Yingling, assistant professor of education. 

Ph.D., Marywood University. 

She serves as assistant to the director of special education. She teaches courses in both 

special education and elementary education, oversees required field experiences, and 

supervises student teachers. Her areas of interest include working with children with mild 

to moderate learning disabilites, inclusion, and brain-based learning and resiliency. 



Lebanon Valley College Education 73 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

English Program 

The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While 
English majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications, theater or sec- 
ondary education, the basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors learn 
the skills of clear, concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organ- 
ization and presentation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate work in 
literature or communications, or for professional study in such fields as law or theology. 
Graduates of the Department of English are also prepared to work in journalism, teaching, 
editing, public relations, publishing, advertising, theater, and business. 

Departmental Honors: English majors with a major GPA of 3.5 at the end of the junior 
year are eligible to apply for departmental honors. Details are available from the depart- 
ment chairperson. 

The English Department offers minors in literature, communications and theater. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English. 

Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must 
be from 221-226); 321; 341 or 342 (18 credits). Students must choose one of the con- 
centrations below in addition to the core. 

Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three 
from among 330, 350, 390-literature (21 credits). 

Communications concentration: ENG 099, 140; five additional communications courses, 
at least two of which must be at the 300 level (201 or 202, 210-218, 310-315, 390-com- 
munications); three credits of 400 (21 credits). 

Theater concentration: ENG 201-204; three credits of 301; two additional drama-related 
courses from among the following: 330, 341 or 342, 350, 390, 391, 400 (21 credits). 

Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 221-229 
(the total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among 201, 
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390-literature or communications; and 360 
(21 credits). 

To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU 
110; SED 280, 430, 431, and 440 (minimum cumulative GPA 3.0, as required by PDE). 

Minor (Literature): ENG 120; 221 or 222; two from 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; two addi- 
tional 300-level literature courses (18 credits). 

Minor (Communications): ENG 120, 140, 221 or 222; three additional communications 
courses (202-218, 310-315, 390-communications) (18 credits). 

74 English 2004-2005 Catalog 



Minor (Theater): ENG 120; one from 201 or 202, or three credits of 301; 203 or 204; 341 
or 342; six additional credits to be selected in consultation with the student's adviser (18 
credits). 

Courses in English (ENG): 

099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's completed communications-ori- 
ented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student's formal request to take 
ENG 400 (Internship). Offered every semester. credits. 

Ill, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his 
own voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses 
emphasize the development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose. 
112 also emphasizes speaking, reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 111, FYS 
100 or permission of chairperson. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic 
methodology, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered every 
semester. 3 credits. 

140. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses of lan- 
guage and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywriters, pub- 
lic relations personnel and technical writers. Usually offered every semester. 3 credits. 

201. Introduction to Acting. The development of skills in speech and movement through 
the use of theater games and improvisations. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

202. Advanced Acting. An exploration of the relationship between the actor and the text 
through script analysis and the performance of scenes and mononlogues. Usually offered 
spring semester. 3 credits. 

203. Stagecraft: Technical Skills. Instruction in the mechanics of backstage theater 
operations, including lighting as well as set and property construction. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

204. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and 
performing a full-length play. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

210. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening 
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG HI and 112, or permission of the 
instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as 
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and writing features 
according to standard formats and styles. The course also covers legal and ethical 
aspects of journalism. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission 
of the instructor. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate fall 
semesters. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College English 75 



215. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered alternate 
fall semesters. 3 credits. 

216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking and 
illustrating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical 
audience. Prerequisite; ENG 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive and other types of oral 
communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the judgment 
of others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

221. Survey of American Literatiire I. A survey of selected major American authors from the 
colonial period to about 1900. Writing process. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from 
about 1900 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the 
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 
credits. 

226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about 
1800 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history 
to about A. D. 1000. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-western 
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

228. World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from about A.D. 1000 to about 
1800. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-western cultures. 
Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits. 

229. World Literature III. A survey of selected major writers from about 1800 to the 
present. The course includes literature from Europe and Russia, as well as non-western 
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits. 

301. Acting Lab. A workshop that meets once a week to explore specific issues in acting; 
course content changes every semester. Usually offered every semester. 1 credit. 

310. Advanced Journalism. Enhancement of basic journalistic skills by reading and writ- 
ing longer investigative and feature articles. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213. 
Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

312. Writing for Radio and TV. Theory and technique of writing news and features for 
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news, 
recording interviews, and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copywriting; selection 
and presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Usually offered 
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 



76 English 2004-2005 Catalog 



314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modem public relations as practiced by 
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Planning of 
promotional campaigns. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor Usually 
offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits. 

315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor Usually offered 
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution 
of English phonology, morphology, syntax and vocabulary, including current conventions 
and usage. Usually offered fall semester 3 credits. 

330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the nar- 
rative poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biography, 
and autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester May be repeated for 
credit when it involves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually offered every semester 3 
credits. 

341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the 
comedies and the histories. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
(221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the 
tragedies and the romances. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey 
(221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or British authors. 
Recent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, O'Connor, Morrison, Chaucer, 
Milton, Pound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester May be 
repeated for credit. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). 
Usually offered fall semester 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and literature 
in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and composi- 
tion theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing process. Prerequisites: ENG 120 
and EDU 110. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits. 

370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. Consideration of fundamental questions such 
as the definition of literature, the value of literature, and the validity of the literary canon. 
Provides an introduction to a variety of critical approaches to literary interpretation, on 
both a theoretical and practical level. Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate 
spring semesters. 3 credits. 

380. Politics and the Mass Media. One of the goals of this course is to encourage students 
to think about the impact of the mass media on the political process and vice versa. 
Students will read texts whose authors attempt to prove their theories concerning the 
extent and nature of the impacts mass media and politics have on each other We will con- 
sider the history of the interaction between politics and media, and we will examine how 



Lebanon Valley College English 77 




emerging technologies are changing the face of pohtical communication in the United 
States. Prerequisites: One of the following, ENG 140; HIS 125, 126, 127; PSC 100, 110, 
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to the 
student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally lim- 
ited to juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: ENG 099; per- 
mission of the chairperson; application form from registrar's office must be completed prior 
to registration. 1-12 credit hours. 

Faculty 
Philip A. Billings, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction writing. 
His publications include poems and articles in various magazines and two books of poems. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, professor of English. Chairperson. 

M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania. 

She teaches courses in travel writing, environmental literature, and communications. 

Experienced in journalism, public relations, and freelance writing, she has published one 

book and numerous articles and essays in national magazines. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

He teaches courses in American literature, American studies, Greek myth, and grammar. 
He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on American cul- 
tural criticism and 20th-century poetry. 



78 English 



2004-2005 Catalog 



John P. Kearney, professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

He teaches courses in Shakespeare, EngHsh literature, and technical writing, as well as an 

interdisciplinary course in revolutions. He is a Victorian literature scholar who is working 

on Charles Dickens and George Eliot. 

Walter E. Labonte, instructor in English. Supervisor of interns. 

M.A., Northeastern University. 

He serves the department as supervisor of interns and director of the College Writing 

Center. He teaches courses in writing, literature, management communications, and the 

teaching of English in the secondary schools. He is a published writer. 

Jane Mikoni, lecturer in English. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Experienced in journalism and public relations, she teaches courses in fiction writing, 

narrative journalism, and writing for radio and TV. She also advises students involved 

with Greenblotter, a literary magazine, and WLVC, the College radio station. 

Mary K. Pettice, associate professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Houston. 

She teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and English and American literature. 

She also advises the student newspaper. Experienced in the newspaper and publishing 

worlds, she has also published poetry and short stories. She also advises students involved 

with La Vie Collegienne, the College newspaper. 

Kevin B. Pry, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in acting, world literature, 

dramatic literature, and theater production. He also advises Wig and Buckle, the student 

drama club. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English. 

Ph.D., Arizona State University. 

He teaches courses in technical writing, digital communications, and British literature. He 

has published on British literature and currently serves on the executive committee of the 

ML A Scottish literature discussion group. 

Catherine M. Romagnolo, assistant professor of English. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

She teaches courses in American literature, women's literature, and various forms of writ- 
ing. She has published on topics such as American literature and narrative theory and is 
working on a project on narrative beginnings. 



Lebanon Valley College English 79 



DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic com- 
munication skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who 
use the language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which 
humankind thinks and interacts. 

The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a 
variety of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business, 
and social service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often com- 
bined with majors in other disciplines. 

The department encourages students to avail themselves of the College's opportunities 
for foreign travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Cologne, 
Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain. 

The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish, 
secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages. 

Foreign Languages Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish. 

Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: In addition to majoring in a language, 
students seeking elementary or secondary certification in a foreign language must take 
FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses, including EDU 110 and SED 430, 431 and 
ELM or SED 440. 

Courses in Foreign Language (FLG): 

350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of 

signs and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modem 
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through 
secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits. 

Courses in Italian (ITA): 

101, 102. Elementary Italian I, 11. Introductory courses in Italian. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in Italian. Also offers insights into Italian-speaking cul- 
tures. 3 credits. 

French Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French. 

Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level at least 6 of which must be in 
400-level writing process courses, FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching certification, FLG 
360 is required. 



80 Foreign Languages 2004-2005 Catalog 



Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversa- 
tion and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Montpellier, France, is designed for students with varying abilities in 
French. This program is located at the University of Montpellier in southern France near 
the Mediterranean Sea. Students are placed in courses at their level of language expertise. 
All courses will be in French. 

Courses in French (FRN): 

101, 102. Elementary French I, 11. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate French I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — listening, 
speaking, reading and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French- 
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide 
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written French. 
Development of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on 
contemporary French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
France and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive 
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many regis- 
ters of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation, 
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening 
immersion in the Francophone world and a foundation in French linguistics and phonetics. 
Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. French Culture and Civilization. An overview of French and Francophone cultures, 
history, and geography, with special focus on current issues. Taught in French. 
Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

360. Culture and Civilization of the Francophone Countries. This course explores the 
culture and civilization of Francophone countries outside of France, countries where 
French is one of the languages spoken and where it is the main vehicle of literature and 
culture. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval French 
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 81 



philosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will 
be promoted. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

420. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of 
French Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Comeille, Racine and 
Moliere. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideological 
currents of the 18th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism, 
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, 
Rousseau, 1' Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola and Baudelaire. Writing 
process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected 
in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre de VAbsurde. 
Such writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, lonesco and Becket will be 
studied. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and 
20th centuries. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

German Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German. 

Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level at least 6 of which must be in 
400 level writing process courses, FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching certification, FLG 
360 is required. 

Minor: 18 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Cologne, Germany, allows students to complete a full year of intermediate 
German in one semester. Students also enroll in a German reading course or courses in 
German civilization taught in English. 

Courses in German (GMN): 

101, 102. Elementary German 1, II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing 
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speaking 
cultures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate German I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year 
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills — 
listening, speaking, reading and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures 
of German- speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

203, 204; 303, 304; 403, 404. Language and Culture I, II. An immersion course on 
three levels offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, prac- 

82 Foreign Languages 2004-2005 Catalog 



tical exercises and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. 
Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken German. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to German life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: GMN 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

301. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Intensive practice in written German. 
Development of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con- 
temporary German writing and issues. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Germany Today. Describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. 
Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of 
Germany and German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate 
student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques 
of literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. German Culture and CiviUzation. An overview of German culture, history, and 
geography. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation and Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for 
accurate and idiomatic translation of German texts into English and English into 
German. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a partic- 
ular topic or theme. Students may repeat this course for credit. Writing process. Prerequisite: 
GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock. 
Involves both texts and music as appropriate. Writing process. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or 
equivalent. 3 credits. 

Spanish Program 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish. 

Major: 30 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level; at least 9 credits must be in 
400-level writing process courses. At least 15 credits must be obtained at LVC. The 30 
credits must include SPA 340 (or 2 language courses in Salamanca), 310 (or a composi- 
tion course in Salamanca), 350 (or a combination of 2 courses in Salamanca, SPA 390, 
History of Spain; SPA 390, Spanish Art; SPA 390, Music and Traditions of Spain), 360. 

Minor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation 
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended. 

Our program in Spain is located in the university city of Salamanca. Students take courses in 
Spanish language, history, civilization, economics, music and art at the Colegio de Espaiia. 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 83 



Courses in Spanish (SPA): 

101, 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at develop- 
ing basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Hispanic cul- 
tures. 3 credits. 

201, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Begins with a review of material typically cov- 
ered in a first-year Spanish course followed by further development of proficiency in all 
four language skills listening, speaking, reading and writing. Also aims to enhance stu- 
dents' knowledge of the cultures of Hispanic peoples. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equiva- 
lent. 3 credits. 

211. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. Introduction to the technical 
vocabulary of physical therapy needed to communicate with Spanish-speaking patients. 
One hour of conversation and mock patient-therapist sessions per week. Prerequisite: SPA 
202 or equivalent. 2 credits. [Cross-listed as Physical Therapy 710.] 

300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a 
wide range of topics related to Spanish and Latin American life and contemporary society. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

310. Advanced Grammar and Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical 
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills 
through composition assignments based on contemporary issues. Writing process. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

320. Business Spanish. A study of the language of business and business practices. 
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening 
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of 
spoken Spanish. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the 
Hispanic world and a foundation in Spanish linguistics and phonetics. Prerequisite: SPA 202 
or equivalent. 3 credits. 

350. Spanish Culture and Civilization. An overview of Spanish culture, history and 
geography, with special focus on current issues. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 
credits. 

360. Latin-American Cultures and Civilizations. An overview of Latin American cultures, 
history and geography, with special focus on current issues. Foreign studies. Prerequisite: 
SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

370. Techniques of Translation and Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and 
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English 
and English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding 
works of the period. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

84 Foreign Languages 2004-2005 Catalog 



420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period. 
Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

430. Spanish Literature and the 18th and 19th Centuries. Readings from the 
Enhghtenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and real- 
ism. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

440. Spanish Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the literary movement of the cen- 
tury, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 
202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of the 
century, with emphasis on recent developments. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 
or equivalent. 3 credits. 

S460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of native cultures before 1492, the arrival 
of Spanish explorers and their effect on these native populations. Foreign Studies. Writing 
process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Jean-Marc Braem, assistant professor of French. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Braem teaches courses on all levels of Francophone language, culture and civilization. He 
has written on censorship in French literature and the instructional use of films in French. 

Dolores Buttry, assistant professor of German and French. 

Ph.D. University of Illinois. Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh. 

Buttry teaches courses at all levels in both French and German. She has published 

extensively on the Norwegian writer Knut Hamsun and the 1 2th-century Anglo-Norman 

poet Wace. 

Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish. 

Ph.D., City University of New York. 

Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, culture, civilization, and literature. She has 

published articles and presented numerous papers on Medieval and Golden Age Spanish 

literature at international conferences. 

Maria Mielgo-Castro, assistant professor of Spanish. 

M.A., University of Exeter, England. 

Mielgo-Castro teaches Spanish language and literature. She specializes in 19th-century 

Spanish Romantic literature. 

James W. Scott, professor of German. Acting chairperson. 
Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German- 
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's 



Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 85 



short fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing 
a new translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. 

Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, assistant professor of Spanish. 
Ph.D., University of Miami. 

Tezanos-Pinto teaches courses in Spanish language, Hispanic culture, and literature. She 
researches the poetic and narrative works of the 20th-century Caribbean and Hispanic- 
American female writers. She has published essays on critical theory and literary language 
and has presented papers at conferences in the United States, Europe, Asia and Latin 
America. 

Angel T. T\ininetti, associate professor of Spanish. 
Ph.D., Washington University. 

Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes and Latin American culture, history and lit- 
erature. His special interests are South American travel literature of the colonial and 
19th-century periods, and Pre-Columbian civilizations. He has published a book and 
articles in Argentina, Chile, and Colombia, and has presented papers at international 
conferences in the United States, Argentina, Mexico, and France. 

Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Middlebury College. 

Bowley teaches French language at the elementary and intermediate level. 

Rita M. Gargotta, adjunct instructor in Spanish and Italian. 

M.A., West Chester University. 

Gargotta teaches Italian language at the elementary level, and Spanish at the elementary 

and intermediate level. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, adjunct instructor in French. 

M.A., Montclair State College. 

Nissman-Cohen teaches French language at the elementary level. 



86 Foreign Languages 2004-2005 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

As disciplines, history and political science are closely related. Many students choose 
a double major or a major/minor combination. Others combine a history or political sci- 
ence major with a major or minor in fields such as economics, foreign languages, philos- 
ophy or religion, English, or business. Students in these majors also may choose to work 
towards certification in Citizenship Education (formerly social studies). 

History Program 

By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better 
understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and analyze 
information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language. 

An undergraduate degree in history can lead to a career in teaching at the college or high 
school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and libraries, journalism or 
editing, historical societies and archives, historical conmiunications, or a number of other 
professions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history. 

Major: History 103, 104, 125, 126 or 127, 250, 251; six upper division courses (above the 
100 level), including one each in American, European, and Latin American or non-Western 
history, and three electives; and 499. Two of the six upper division courses must be at the 
300 level (39 credits). 

Secondary Education Concentration: Students shall successfully complete the history 
major plus HIS 360, The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. 
Students shall also complete the Citizenship Education core, a second math course, an 
English or American literature course, and 21 credits of secondary education courses 
including EDU 110, SED 280, 430, 431, and 440. Students apply to the certification pro- 
gram after completing at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) with a 
3.0 grade point average, and must maintain that average in order to be certified. 

Minor: HIS 103, 104, 125, 126 or 127, 250 or 251; two electives, at least one of which 
must be at the 300 level (21 credits). 

Historical Communications Program 

The History Department offers a historical communications program in conjunction with 
the English Department, described on page 74. The major in historical communications is 
an interdisciplinary program that provides the opportunity for interested students to engage 
in a comprehensive study of both history and communications and their interconnectedness. 
The program is designed to prepare students for professional research, writing and editing 
positions in such fields as radio, television, motion pictures, cable, popular history 
magazines, theatrical history, and oral history. Lebanon Valley College is one of the very 
few colleges to offer such a major. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 87 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications. 

Major: HIS 103, 104, 125, 126 or 127, 202, 250, 251, 400; three upper-division courses 
(above the 100 level), one each in American, European, and Latin American or non-Western 
history; ENG 140, 213, 216, 310; and one from ENG 204, 312, 315 (48 credits) 

Courses in History (HIS): 

103. The Ancient World: The Dawn of Civilization to the Fall of the Han and Roman 
Empires. A study of the development of civilizations from the development of human 
civilizations to the end of the fu"st era of empire building in India, China, and the 
Mediterranean. Topics include the river valley civilizations of Mesopotamia, Egypt, India, 
and China; the formation of great philosophies and religious traditions in Asia and Greece; 
and the first empires in the Mediterranean world, India, and China. 3 credits. 

104. The Second Age of Empires: World History from the Fall of Rome to the Mongol 
Invasions. A study of the second phase of empire building in world history, spanning the 
period from the fall of Rome in 476 to the end of the Middle Ages in Europe and the end 
Mongol domination in Asia and Russia by 1450. Topics will include the Byzantine Empire; 
the gradual recovery of Europe after the fall of Rome; the renewal of China under the T'ang 
and the Song Dynasties; the Islamic dynasties in the Middle East, Africa, India, and China; 
the pre-Columbian empires of Latin America; and the Mongol invasions. 3 credits. 

125. United States History to 1865. The major events and developments in America from 
Columbus to the Civil War, with emphasis on the creation of a distinctive American soci- 
ety from the interaction of different cultures, ethnic groups, and ideas. Major themes 
include the transformation of European cultural ideas in colonial America and the impact 
of republican ideology, democratization, and the spread of the market economy between 
the Revolution and the Civil War. 3 credits. 

126. United States History Since 1865. American history from 1865 until the present. 
Students learn about important themes in recent history such as law and order, native land 
rights, protest movements, foreign policy and its critics, and the rise of corporate power 
and its economic and political consequences. The course also introduces students to the 
method of historical inquiry, analysis, and writing. 3 credits. 

127. United States History Since 1865 With Writing Workshop. This course, like History 
126, surveys American history from 1865 to the present. This course, however, adds a 
one-hour writing lab per week that focuses on methods historical inquiry, analysis, and the 
fundamentals of writing for history courses. 4 credits. 

200. Europe Encounters the World: Colonization from Columbus to Mao. A study of 
European expansion from the fifteenth century to the process of decolonization in the twen- 
tieth. The course will examine trading post empires; colonization of the New World; the 
slave trade; the relationship among the industrial revolutions, nationalism in Europe, and 



Historical and Political Science 2004-2005 Catalog 



s' nineteenth-century imperialism; independence movements; and neocolonialism. Writing 
process. Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

202. Historical and Cultural Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the 
world and how the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development. 
Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

205. Early Modern Europe. Selected themes in the cultural, religious, economic, social, and 
political history of Europe from the end of the fourteenth century to about 1715. After a brief 
survey of the late Middle Ages, the course will then address focus on the Renaissance, 
Reformation, age of discovery, and finally state-making in the seventeenth century. Through 
the examination of these themes the course will chart the shift in the geographic centers of 
power in early modem Europe from the Mediterranean to Northern Europe and the Atlantic 
seaboard. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instruc- 
tor. 3 credits. 

206. Revolution and Nationalism. The course will chart the ways in which the French 
Revolution and the industrial revolution in Europe shaped the political, economic, social, 
cultural, and intellectual development of Europe in the nineteenth century. The major themes 
of the course include the development of the political ideologies that emerged as a result of 
the French Revolution, industrialization, nationalism, the development of class societies, 
gradual democratization in parts of Europe, the development of socialism, the beginning of 
the women's movement, challenges to liberalism, and finally, the causes of World War I. 
Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

207. Europe in the 20th Century. An introduction to the main political, social, economic, 
and intellectual developments in twentieth-century Europe. The major themes of the course 
include the experience of the two world wars, the development of fascism and communism 
regimes under Lenin and Stalin, Mussolini, and Hitler, the weakness of the western democ- 
racies after World War I, the Holocaust, the Cold War, the Communist Bloc, the end to colo- 
nialism, the European Union, the development of the welfare state, and the new nationalism. 
Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

208. Great Britain from 1688 to the Present. Selected themes in British history from 1688 
to the present. The course will begin with the Glorious Revolution of 1688 so as to establish 
the background for an ongoing discussion of Great Britain's parliamentary tradition. Great 
Britain's industrial revolution, the rise of a working class, and the politics of labor will 
constitute another set of related themes. The course will also explore Victorianism and 
cultural developments in the nineteenth century. Other major topics will include British 
imperialism, the impact of two world wars, and the relationships among the component parts 
of the United Kingdom (Ireland, Scotland, Wales, and England). Writing process. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

210. The History of Modern France, 1750 to the Present. A study of French history from 
1750 to the 1980s. The course provides an overview of the political, social, economic, and 
cultural history of France from the late eighteenth to the late twentieth century. The course 
will address a variety of themes from the standpoint of France's place in European history 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 89 



as a whole but also in terms of the uniqueness of the French experience. Some of the themes 
covered by the course will include: France's revolutionary tradition; the development of a 
democratic society; the French pattern of gradual industrialization; the persistence of the 
French peasantry; the socialist movement and syndicalism; the evolution of the radical right; 
imperialism; French communism; intellectual movements in literature, philosophy and the 
arts; France and Europe in the post-war period; women in French society; and the role of 
minorities in France. The course will also examine the ways in which these themes relate to 
issues confronting contemporary France. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 

212. History of Modern Germany. An introduction to the historical, political, social and 
intellectual background of modern Germany. Discussion topics include the Congress of 
Vienna, the 1848 revolution, the first unification in 1871, the Weimar Republic, National 
Socialism and the division of Germany after World War II. Special attention will be paid 
to the unification process since 1989 and Germany's role in international politics. Offered 
in the Cologne program. 3 credits. 

217. Women in Modern Europe, 1750 to the Present. An exploration of the position of 
women in Modem Europe from 1750 to the present. The course focuses around the tensions 
between women's difference and demands for equal treatment as this theme has played out 
through history. The course will begin with a discussion of gender in history and then 
proceed to examination of women in pre-industrial Europe, the French Revolution, the 
industrial revolution, nineteenth-century reform movements, feminism and the suffrage 
movement. Twentieth century themes include the "new" woman, women in communist 
Russia and under the fascist regimes, the impact of two world wars on women's roles, the 
welfare state, and finally, contemporary feminism. Writing process. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

226. Age of Jefferson and Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian 
society struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity and 
sectional tension. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the 
instructor. 3 credits. 

230. American Electoral Politics. This course uses the current presidential election as a 
case study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elections. 
The course will use political science concepts such as realignment and dealignment to 
study the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and will attempt 
to place the current presidential election within its historical context. 3 credits. [Cross-list- 
ed as Political Science 230.] 

240. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old 
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits. 

242. The African-American Experience. Survey of African-American history from the 
origins of slavery until the present. The course develops several inter-related themes such 
as slavery, protest movement and civil rights, economic history, and blacks in 
Pennsylvania. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 



90 History and Political Science 2004-2005 Catalog 



245. Women in America. The role and status of women in American society from the 
colonial period to the present. It emphasizes the ways that women's paid and unpaid labor 
has shaped their status and role in the family, society, and the economy. 3 credits. 

250. The Historian's Craft. An introduction to the basics of historical research and writing. 
The most important goal of the course is to help students produce a clearly written 
research paper, with footnotes and a bibliography. A primary source paper and other writing 
assignments will prepare the students for the achievement of this goal. Class discussion 
will revolve around analysis of various types of primary sources, secondary sources, journal 
articles, issues of interpretation, and research methods. The course will also include several 
research trips to libraries, archives, historical societies, or local history collections. 
Writing process. Prerequisites: at least one of the following: History 103, 104, 125, 126 
or 127; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of 
the great historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the 
course covers recent interpretations of American history. Prerequisites: at least one of the 
following: History 103, 104, 125, or 126; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

271. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions 
of China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after 
1500. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the intructor. 
3 credits. 

273. African History. A survey of African history from the origins of humanity until the 
present. Students learn more about the modem period, particularly the effects of the slave 
trade, colonialism, and neocolonialism on Africa. Special emphasis is given to the geno- 
cides in the Congo Free State at the end of the nineteenth century and in Rwanda at the 
close of the twentieth. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 

274. Colonial Latin America. Latin America from its prehistory to the end of independ- 
ence movements in the 1820s. Topics will include early civilizations such as the Maya, 
Aztec, and Incas; the confrontation between the Amerindians and the European coloniz- 
ers; the development of Latin American societies under Portuguese and Spanish rule; slav- 
ery; the colonial economy; and finally, independence movements. Foreign studies. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

275. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from the emergence of independ- 
ent states, relationships with the United States and the modem regional distinctions. Foreign 
studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instmctor. 3 credits. 

277. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastem civilization from the rise of Islam to the 
present, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey and 
Egypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modem state of Israel 
are also analyzed. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of 
the instmctor. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 91 




279. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the 
present with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of western colonial 
control, the crisis of the 19th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in 
independence and partition and with major reference to the contemporary nations and 
cultures of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: 
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

303. History of South Africa. A seminar on the history of South Africa from the 1600s 
until the end of apartheid in the early 1990s. Topics include early colonization, conflicts 
between European settlers and natives and between the English and the Afrikaaner 
republics, the development of capitalism, the dynamics of black South Africans under 
apartheid, and the bloody struggle for and against national liberation in the early 1990s. 
Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of the instructor. History 
273 is recommended. 3 credits. 

304. History of Brazil. A study of the history of Brazil from the colonial period through the 
present day. The primary focus will be on the period from the arrival of the Portuguese Court 
in 1808 until the "abertura," or re-democratization of the 1980s. Some of the topics that will 
be covered in the course include: 1) the historical development of the Brazilian nation-state 
and 2) the development of a Brazilian "national" culture. Thus recurrent themes will include 
political organization and participation, economic growth and development, nationalism, 
authoritarianism and re-democratization, social organization and stratification, cultural 
production, and race relations. Foreign Studies. Prerequisites: Junior standing or per- 
mission of the instructor, History 274 or 275 recommended. 3 credits. 



92 History and Political Science 



2004-2005 Catalog 



312. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their 
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile 
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the 
period disagree. Writing process. 3 credits. 

575. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led 
to a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. Writing process. 
3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary 
level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical ped- 
agogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the 
uses of technology, and student motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required for all history 
majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not count towards the major. 
[Cross-listed as Political Science 360.] 

499. Senior Seminar in History. Focus on a theme in history such as World War I, the 
industrial revolution, or the Enlightenment. These topics will be approached from a variety 
of perspectives (economic, political, or social for example) and from the viewpoint of many 
national histories. Class meetings will include discussion of course readings, research 
methods, and the historiography related to the theme of the course. Students will write 
a research paper on some aspect of the course topic utilizing a variety of primary and 
secondary sources and present their research to the class. Prerequisites: Senior history 
majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

Political Science Program 

Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to 
them. Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough under- 
standing of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, and inter- 
national politics. Twenty-four of the 39 credits in this major are taken in core require- 
ments, and the remainder consist of elective credits chosen by students in accordance with 
their interests. 

A degree in political science opens the door to a wide variety of careers. Political sci- 
ence majors have become lawyers, high school and junior high school teachers, college 
professors, journalists, law enforcement officers, business people, consultants, lobbyists, 
and government officials. The political science major is an integral component of the pre- 
law, criminal justice, and citizenship certification programs. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science. 

Major: ECN 101, 102; PSC 100, 110, 130, 210, 220, 498/499 and five additional elective 
courses in political science (39 credits). 

Minor: PSC 100, 110, 130, 210, 220 and one elective course in political science (18 credits). 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 93 



Courses in Political Science (PSC): 

100. Introduction to Political Science. This course is designed as a broadly-based intro- 
duction to the discipHne of poUtical science. It will acquaint students with the concepts, 
structures, trends, and belief systems that form the basis of political activity throughout 
the world. Those taking the course will leave with an enhanced understanding of the mul- 
tiple ideologies, institutions, issues, and actors that shape and drive politics. 3 credits. 

110. American National Government. This course provides a survey of key develop- 
ments, institutions, and issues in American politics. Topics include the ideas that shaped 
the original American political system, the presidency; Congress and federal courts; the 
operation of political parties and interest groups; domestic and foreign policy debates; and 
contemporary issues such as civil rights and affirmative action. 

130. International Relations. This course is designed to introduce students to the study 
of international relations. The course hinges on a series of questions: Who are the principal 
actors in the international system? What are the theoretical ways of discerning why these 
actors do what they do? How has the international system evolved into its present form? 
What are the central issues confronting the international system? Topics addressed include 
weapons of mass destruction, ecology, terrorism, political economy, development, and 
dependency. 3 credits. 

142. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative 
and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret 
and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data 
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the 
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also 
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collections project. 4 
credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 130.} 

160. The Political System of Germany. This course introduces students to the political 
system of Germany, with emphasis on actual daily political events and the current political 
climate in Germany. Both foreign and domestic issues will be discussed, including topics 
such as the European Union, disarmament, unification, the environment and Neo-Nazism. 
Class time is divided between lecture and discussion of readings. Offered in the Cologne 
Program. 3 credits. 

210. Comparative Politics. This course is a comparative study of the leading political 
systems of the world outside of the United States. The political status and evolution of 
these nations are examined and contrasted. Among the countries surveyed are Great 
Britain, France, Germany, Russia, Japan, China, Mexico, and Israel/Middle East. 3 
credits. 

211. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, Asia, 
Africa and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic 
and international dimensions is emphasized. Country studies will include Nigeria, Mexico 
and the Philippines. Writing process. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 



94 History and Political Science 2004-2005 Catalog 



220. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of western poUt- 
ical thought from Classical Greece to modem times. This study is organized around some 
of the central questions of political thought (who should rule? why obey?) and encourages 
students to develop their own thinking on these questions. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as 
Philosophy 220.] 

230. American Electoral Politics. This course uses the current presidential election as a 
case study from which students can analyze the history of American parties and elections. 
The course will use political science concepts such as realignment and dealignment to 
study the rise and fall of the various "party systems" in American history, and will attempt 
to place the current presidential election within its historical context. 3 credits. [Cross-list- 
ed as History 230.] 

240. Politics of Russia. This course is an introduction to the politics of the Russian 
Federation (i.e., Russia). The twentieth century alone bore witness to dramatic change and 
turmoil for Russia: several revolutions, two world wars, an unusually large amount of 
political violence, and several abrupt changes to its political, economic, and social systems. 
The course will provide an extensive examination of these transformations, with particular 
emphasis on the pre-revolutionary, Soviet and post-Soviet eras. Foreign studies. 
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

250. Public Policy Analysis. This course describes the public policy process and analyzes 
various areas of substantive domestic policy at the national level. Topics covered include 
budgeting and taxation, education, health, welfare, and the environment. Prerequisites: 
PSC 110 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

260. The Presidency and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and 
Congress as institutions and as policy-making agents of the federal government. It will 
focus on the necessary and frequently confrontational interaction between these two polit- 
ical branches of government with special emphasis on separation of powers doctrine and 
constitutional law. Prerequisites: PSC 110 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

312. American Foreign Policy. This course offers a two-part examination of American 
foreign policy. The first part will be an extensive survey of U.S. foreign policy from its 
inception as a nation through today. A critical theme will be the U.S. tradition of unilater- 
alism, not isolationism. The second part will examine the policy-making process itself, 
focusing on the multiple actors and cross-cutting interests that comprise U.S. foreign pol- 
icy decision-making. Writing process. 3 credits. 

575. American Constitutional Law I. This course uses key cases to study important doc- 
trines established by the Supreme Court with respect to the structure and functions of the 
constitutional system (judicial, legislative and executive power and federalism). There is 
a particular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices 
to apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opinions. PSC 110 strongly rec- 
ommended. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 95 



316. American Constitutional Law II. This course uses key cases to study important doc- 
trines established by the Supreme Court with respect to civil rights, equality, property, and 
political rights. There is a particular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation 
used by individual justices to apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opin- 
ions. PSC 110 strongly recommended. 3 credits. 

320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process, with emphasis on presi- 
dential and congressional elections and the role of parties, public opinion and interest 
groups. 3 credits. 

330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state and 
local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local 
relations with the federal government. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those 
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary 
level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical peda- 
gogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, 
the uses of technology and student motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required for all 
political science majors seeking citizenship education certification. Does not count 
towards the major. [Cross-listed as History 360.] 

415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development 
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law. 
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 110. 3 credits. 

425. Executive Power. This course will provide a comprehensive examination of the 
world's oldest and most controversial governing institution - the executive, the course 
structure will primarily comprise three component themes of inquiry: comparative demo- 
cratic executive systems; philosophical definitions and prerogatives of executive power; 
and various electoral models of executive selection. 3 credits. 

498. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors 
to pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the 
seminar is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference 
hosted by a regional university. Writing process. Prerequisites: Major in political science 
and junior or senior standing. 3 credits. 

499. Seminar in World Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science 
majors to pursue a research interest within the context of international politics. In addition 
to a substantive research paper on an international subject, students will track contempo- 
rary issues of the international community through weekly presentations and discussions, 
Among the likely topics are terrorism; weapons of mass destruction; globalization; 
ecopolitics; women's rights; and political economy, among others. Students will present 
their papers at an undergraduate research conference hosted by a regional university. 
Writing process. Prerequisites: PSC 130 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

96 History and Political Science 2004-2005 Catalog 



Criminal Justice Program 

For students interested in the field of criminal justice (including police work, counsel- 
ing juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work, and other areas), the courses list- 
ed below constitute the Criminal Justice Program. The chairs of the Sociology and the 
History and Political Science departments function as advisers for this program. Interested 
students should consult with one of these advisers. 

Degree Requirements: 

There is no major or minor in criminal justice, but the program can be most easily com- 
bined with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined 
to majors in these areas. 

The courses required are as follows: PSC 110, 315, 316, 415; SOC 110, 245, 331, 333; 
six credits of PSC, PSY, or SOC 400 (internship). No courses may be taken pass/fail (30 
credits). 

Faculty 
James H. Broussard, professor of history. 
Ph.D., Duke University. 

He teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications concen- 
trate on the Jefferson- Jackson era, the South, and American politics. He formerly served 
as executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic. 

William F. Byrne, lecturer in political science. 
Ph.D., The Catholic University of America. 

He teaches courses in American politics and political philosophy. He has extensive experi- 
ence as a congressional legislative assistant and private business as well as in teaching. His 
research focuses on the British political philosopher Edmund Burke. 

John Hinshaw, assistant professor of history. Director of the American Studies Program. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. 

He teaches courses on modem American history, black history, urban history, African histo- 
ry, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and ethnicity. He has written 
and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, the steel industry and steel 
workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement in the United States. 

Diane E. Johnson, assistant professor of political science. 

Ph.D., University of Santa Barbara. 

She teaches courses in comparative politics, international relations, Latin American politics, 

and third world politics. Her research focuses on the effects of globalization on media-state 

relations using Argentina as a case study. 

Tia E. Malkin-Fontecchio, assistant professor of history. 

Ph.D., Brown University. 

She teaches courses on colonial and modern Latin America and world history. Her teach- 



Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 97 



ing interests also include Brazil, Mexico, Chile and Cuba. Her research focuses on edu- 
cation in 20th-century Brazil. 

Rebecca K. McCoy, associate professor of history. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

She teaches world civilization and specialized courses in European history. Her research 
focuses on the social, religious and political history of France from the 17th to the 19th cen- 
tury. Other teaching and research interests include the history of European women, 20th- 
century Europe, and the development of nationahsm and national identity. 

John D. Norton, professor of political science. 

Ph.D., American University. 

He teaches courses in American government, constitutional law, political philosophy, and 

American politics. He contributes columns to local newspapers and appears as an analyst 

on radio and TV. He is the pre-law adviser for the College. His professional and research 

interests are in the areas of American Constitutionalism, history of political thought, and 

political journalism. 

P. Terry Baker, adjunct instructor of history. 
M.Ed. Shippensburg University. 

He teaches American history and the teaching of history and social studies in the second- 
ary schools. He also evaluates student teaching. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor in history. 
M.A., Millersville University. 

He teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. political history 
for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Truman and Kennedy- 
Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, cultural and diplomatic 
history for the period since 1945. He is completing a Ph.D. at Temple University. 

Donna L. Kreiser, adjunct instructor in political science. 

J.D., University of Pittsburgh. 

She teaches American government and state and local government. Kreiser currently 

works as an attorney with a private law firm. She has extensive experience as a deputy 

general counsel in the Governor's Office of General Council. 



98 History and Political Science 2004-2005 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a 
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. The increasing 
national need for quantitatively prepared individuals makes our program even more 
attractive today. Actuaries, computer programmers, mathematics and computer science 
teachers, college professors, operations research analysts, and statisticians are in high and 
continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline and problem-solving abilities 
developed in the study of mathematics are excellent preparation for numerous and varied 
areas of work and study. 

The department was cited in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publication. 
Models That Work, for its exceptional program and for its service to students. It offers majors 
in actuarial science, computer science and mathematics; secondary teaching certification in 
mathematics; and minors in mathematics and computer science. 

Departmental graduates have earned doctorates in economics, physics, statistics, and 
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school. 
Many graduates have earned the designation of Fellow of the Society of Actuaries or of 
the Casualty Actuarial Society. 

Mathematical Sciences Department majors are active in student government, athletics, 
musical organizations, and other activities. The department is always well represented in 
the list of students named to Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities. There 
are two active student clubs, the Math Club and the Student ACM Chapter. 

The Mathematical Science Department also directs the computer engineering track in 
the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see Cooperative Programs on page 24. 

Mathematics Program 

The Mathematics major is the cornerstone of the program in the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Each faculty member in the department has a doctorate in some 
area of mathematics. Operations research analyst, computer support consultant, computer 
analyst, and secondary school teacher are job descriptions of some recent graduates. Other 
graduates have chosen to use mathematics as preparation for graduate school in areas such 
as economics, management, operations research, and statistics. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics. 

Major: MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 202, 222, 251, 261, plus five MAS courses numbered 
200 or above, including at most one of MAS 266, 270 or ASC 385; at least four of MAS 
311, 322, 325, 335, 371, 372, 390; and at least one of MAS 311 or 322. A 400 level ASC 
course may substitute for 335 and ASC 385 may substitute for MAS 266 or MAS 270 (37 
credits). . 

Mathematics majors are advised to take at least one computer science course or have 
equivalent experience. 

Minor: MAS 161, 162, 222 and either 251 or 202; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS 
courses numbered 200 or higher (21 credits). 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 99 



Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number 
in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics 
must complete: a mathematics major including MAS 270, 322, 325, and 360: CSC 144; 
EDU 110; and SED 430, 431, 440. 

Courses in Mathematics (MAS): 

100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Many intro- 
duce 20th century mathematics and most do not appear in the secondary school curriculum. 
3 credits. 

102. Pre-Calculus. A review of precalculus mathematics including algebra and trigonometry. 
3 credits. A student may not receive credit for this course after completing MAS 111, 161, 
or the equivalent. 

Ill, 112. Analysis I, II. A calculus sequence for department majors and other students 
desiring a rigorous introduction to elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement testing or 
MAS 102; MAS 111 is a prerequisite for MAS 112. Corequisites: MAS 113, 114. 4 credits 
per semester. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 112 and MAS 162. 

113, 114. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking I, II. An introduction to college 
mathematics for potential mathematical science majors. Prerequisite: placement testing or 
MAS 102. Corequisite: MAS 111, 112. 1 credit per semester. 

150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical techniques used in quantitative 
analysis in business and economics. Topics include sets, linear relations, matrices, linear 
programming, probability and interest. 3 credits. 

161, 162. Calculus I, II. A calculus sequence covering functions, limits, differentiation, 
integration and applications. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. MAS 161 is a pre- 
requisite for MAS 162 or MAS 111.3 credits per semester. A student may not receive cred- 
it for both MAS 1 12 and MAS 162. 

170. Elementary Statistics. An introduction to elementary descriptive and inferential 
statistics with emphasis on conceptual understanding. 3 credits. A student may not receive 
credit for MAS 1 70 after completing MAS 372. A student may not receive credit for both 
MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory, and proof techniques. 
Prerequisites: MAS 251 or permission. 3 credits. 

222. Linear Algebra. An introduction to linear algebra including systems of equations, 
vectors spaces and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MAS 1 12 or MAS 261. 3 credits. 



100 Mathematical Sciences 2004-2005 Catalog 



251. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and 
information sciences: logic, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, induction, 
relations and finite graphs. Prerequisites: MAS 112 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

261. Calculus III. Multivariate calculus including partial differentiation, multiple integration, 
vector fields and vector functions. Prerequisites: MAS 112 or MAS 162. 3 credits. 

266. Differential Equations. An introduction to ordinary differential equations. 
Prerequisites: MAS 162 or 112. 3 credits. 

270. Intermediate Statistics. A more advanced version of MAS 170 intended for students 
with some calculus background. Similar to MAS 170 with more extensive content. 3 
credits. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 170 and MAS 270. 

311. Real Analysis. Convergent and divergent series, limits, continuity, differentiability 
and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

322. Abstract Algebra. Introduction to algebraic structures including groups, rings and 
fields. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of absolute, Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometries. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits. 

335. Operations Research. Introduction to some operations research techniques including 
linear programming, queuing theory, project scheduling, simulation and decision analysis. 
Prerequisites: MAS 202 or 222 or 251. 3 credits. 

360. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for secondary education 
mathematics majors introducing issues and trends in mathematics education, history of 
mathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development resources, teaching 
techniques and use of technology. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222; junior standing; EDU 110. 
3 credits. 

363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root finding 
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations, 
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, simulation and optimization. 
Prerequisites: MAS 222, 251. 3 credits. 

371. Mathematical Probability. A mathematical introduction to probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, and sampling. Prerequisites: MAS 112 and either a B- 
grade in MAS 112 or junior standing. 3 credits. 

372. Mathematical Statistics. An introduction to the mathematical foundations of statistics 
including sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models and multi- 
variate distributions. Prerequisites: MAS 371. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 101 




Actuarial Science Program 

Actuaries are business professionals who use expertise in mathematics, economics, 
finance and management to define, analyze and solve financial and social problems. 
Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, consulting firms, pension/benefit con- 
sulting firms, large corporations, and federal and state government agencies. Actuarial 
credentials, which are earned after obtaining a bachelor's degree, result from completing the 
rigorous education and examination program administered by either the Casualty Actuarial 
Society or the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Science Program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the 1960s 
and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey, who is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries. 
With over 120 graduates working in the profession, including 44 fellows and 30 asso- 
ciates, Lebanon Valley is recognized as having one of the leading undergraduate actu- 
arial education programs in the East and the only full undergraduate program at a small 
liberal arts college. 

The College's actuarial curriculum is designed to help actuarial students prepare for 
the curricula of the professional actuarial societies initiated in the year 2000. The program 
introduces students to material on the first four examinations in the Society of Actuaries and 
Casualty Actuarial Society examination programs. 

The rigorous standards of the program, including the required passing of at least one 
actuarial examination, has resulted in a nearly 100 percent placement record of Lebanon 
Valley College actuarial science graduates in professional actuarial positions. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in actuarial science. 



102 Mathematical Sciences 



2004-2005 Catalog 



Ma/or .-ASC 28 1,385, 481, and one of 47 1,472, 482; CSC 144; MAS HI, 112, 113, 114, 
222, 261, 371, 372; ECN 101, 102, 201; ACT 161 (49 credits). The Course 1/Part 1 or 
Course 2/Part 2 examination of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial Society must 
be passed before senior standing is reached. 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required by number in 
both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC): 

281. Introduction to Actuarial Science. An introduction to risk management in 
I property/casualty and life insurance with emphasis on probability concepts. Prerequisite: 
* MAS 112. 3 credits. 

385. Mathematics of Finance. Measurement of interest, time value of money, annuities, 
amortization and sinking funds, bonds, depreciation, capitalized cost and finance applica- 
tions including net present value, yield rates, and stock and option pricing. Prerequisite: 
! MAS 112. 3 credits. 

471, Regression and Time Series Analysis. An introduction to regression and time series 
models with emphasis on economic applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

472. Loss Distributions and Credibility Theory. An introduction to loss distributions and 
credibility theory with emphasis on actuarial applications. Corequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits. 

481. Actuarial Mathematics I. Survival distributions, life insurance, life annuities, benefit 
premiums and reserves. Prerequisite: ASC 385. Corequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits. 

482. Actuarial Mathematics II. Multiple life and decrement models, expenses, individual 
and collective risk models, compound distributions, including appUcations. Prerequisites: 
ASC 385, 481. 3 credits. 

Computer Science Program 

Computer science is the study of what can be done with machines. This discipline is part 
mathematics, part engineering, part philosophy, part linguistics, and part experimental 
science (without all the mess). 

Our computer science curriculum is distinguished primarily by two characteristics. The 
first is our emphasis on computer programming. Five of the required seven CS courses are 
primarily about programming, and programming plays an important role in most of the 
advanced courses. This emphasis develops strong analysis and problem-solving skills. 

The second characteristic of the computer science major is its decidedly mathematical 
nature. Our students take 19 credits of mathematics (seven courses), more than is typical of 
undergraduate CS programs. This math foundation gives our students an analytical 
background that applies broadly in their CS coursework, helping them become better 
programmers and analysts. 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 103 



Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in computer science. 

Major: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, 331, 332; two of 441 , 442, 448, 451, 452, 481, 482; 
either 400 or 500; MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 222, 251, 270; one of ENG 210, ENG 216, 
BUS 285 (50 credits). 

Minor: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or above; MAS 
111 or 161 and MAS 112 or 162 or 270 (22 credits). 

Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required specifically 
by number in both programs, may be used in more than one program. 

Courses in Computer Science (CSC): 

122. Programming for Applications. Topics include algorithms, data types, graphical user 
interfaces, objects, event handlers, and database programming. This course does not pre- 
pare students for more advanced computer science courses, but it does satisfy the core 
requirement in computer programming for Digital Communications majors. We will use 
Visual Basic. 3 credits. 

143. Introduction to Computer Science. A broad introduction to the field of computer sci- 
ence. Topics covered include history, algorithms and problem solving, logic, hardware 
design, and programming. Intended for first-year Computer Science majors and others 
intending to take programming courses. 3 credits. 

144. Introduction to Programming (with Java). Foundational aspects of computer pro- 
gramming. Algorithms and data; control structures; the design of small programs. Class 
and object basics. Uses the Java programming language. 3 credits. 

221. C++ Language Primer. A 1 -credit, self-paced course in the basics of the C++ language. 
Revisits many of the topics from CSC 144 in this new language. Students will complete 
5-10 short programming projects. Prerequisites: CSC 144 or permission. 1 credit. 
Pass/fail only. 

245. Concepts of Networking and Database. This course has three distinct segments: 1) 
principles of computer networks and the Internet, 2) database design concepts, and 3) net- 
work database applications. Hands-on. Prerequisite: CSC 122 or 144 or permission of the 
instructor. 3 credits. 

253. Computer Architecture. The design and organization of a computer's processor, 
instruction set, and memory. Assembly language, interrupts and I/O devices. Caching and 
pipelining. Prerequisite: CSC 143, 144. 3 credits. 

282. Data Structures. Implementing, using, and analyzing such abstract structures as lists, 
stacks, queues, and trees. The design of abstract data types in C++. Prerequisites: CSC 
143, 144, 221. 3 credits. 

104 Mathematical Sciences 2004-2005 Catalog 



f; 



331. Software Design I. A survey of modem techniques for designing complex software 
systems. Investigates both programming techniques and processes. Includes substantial 
programming projects that continue in CSC 332. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

332. Software Design II. A continuation of CSC 331. Must be taken in the semester 
immediately following CSC 331. Prerequisite: CSC 331. 3 credits. 

441. Operating Systems. Theory and practice of modem operating systems. Topics 
include memory management, file systems, scheduling, concurrency, distributed processes, 
and security. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

442. Networks. Network design and implementation. Topics include layered network 
design, types of hardware, low-level protocols, packets, frames, routing, security, and so 
on. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

448. Databases. The theory, stmcture and implementation, and application of modem 
database systems. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits. 

451. Theory of Programming Languages. Examines the design of computer programming 
languages and the tools that process them. Includes an examination of several current 
languages, and an introduction to the design and implementation of compilers. Prerequisite: 
CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

452. Artificial Intelligence. An introduction to the field of Al. Topics include expert systems, 
goal-seeking algorithms, neural networks, genetic algorithms, computer vision, language 
recognition. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits. 

481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science I, II. Topics to be selected from current 
areas of interest and research in Computer Science. Prerequisites: CSC 282, MAS 251. 3 
credits. 

Faculty 

Christopher J. Brazfield, assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brazfield teaches mathematics and computer science. He oversees the department web site. 

His research interests are in the area of noncommutative algebra. He advises computer 

science and other department majors. 

J. Patrick Brewer, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Oregon. 

Brewer teaches mathematics. His graduate degree was earned in the area of algebra, and 

he is broadening his areas of expertise to include statistics and actuarial science. He is 

advisor for the Math Club. Professor Brewer advises mathematics and actuarial science 

majors. 



Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 105 



Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Trained as an 

algebraist, he has become a computer scientist as well with special interests in graphics, 

fractals, and applications of group theory. Professor Fry advises computer science majors. 

Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, Actuarial Science 
Program. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and an active member of the 
academic actuarial community. He serves as the Society of Actuaries liaison representative 
to the Mathematical Association of America and is a member of the Joint CAS/SoA 
Academic Relations Committee. Although his original mathematics interest was topology, 
his primary interests are now actuarial mathematics and finance. He advises actuarial sci- 
ence majors. 

David W. Lyons, associate professor of mathematical sciences. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Lyons has broad mathematical interests in the areas of geometry, topology, algebra, and 

computer visualization. He teaches mathematics courses and advises mathematics majors. 

He also serves as master instructor and faculty advisor to the campus Tae Kwon Do Club. 

Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson. 

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Townsend is a winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching. Trained as a 

numerical analyst, he has developed a wide range of other interests including introductory 

computer science. He advises mathematics majors interested in secondary education. 

Kenneth F. Yarnall, associate professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, 

Computer Science Program. 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 

Yarnall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to history and 

philosophy of science. Trained as an analyst, he teaches both mathematics and computer 

science. He advises computer science majors. He is the advisor for the Association for 

Computing Machinery student chapter, and he advises computer science majors. 

Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences. 

M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School. 

Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching all students, 

especially those with math anxiety. He teaches elementary statistics. He has won the 

Knisely Teaching Award. 



106 Mathematical Sciences ^ 2004-2005 Catalog 



MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College 
liberal arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate 
and lead. 

Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years 
results in no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various 
roles of Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and 
oral communication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence. 

Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will 
receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the U.S. Army, the U.S. Army Reserve, or 
the Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months to four 
years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission. 

Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who 
desire to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Military Science 
Department, 717-245-1221 or 888-356-3942, for further information. Course instruction 
is held at Millersville University. 

Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic 
year: rappelling, rifle qualification, leadership exercises, land navigation, orientation trips, 
and formal social functions. Program participants may also apply for special training cours- 
es during the summer: airborne, air assault schools, and cadet troop leader training. 

Scholarships: Army ROTC offers four-, three- and two- year scholarships, awarded strict- 
ly on merit, to the most outstanding students who apply. The scholarship is valued at 
$17,000 a year. In addition to paying all or part of your tuition, the scholarship offers a 
stipend of $250^00 a month plus $600 a year for books. All scholarship recipients remain 
eligible for financial aid. 

Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program 
in the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic 
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student 
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate. 

National Advanced Leadership Camp: The practicum consists of a five-week sum- 
mer training program at Fort Lewis, Wash. NALC stresses the application of military 
skills to rapidly changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make 
sound decisions, to direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals, and 
to meet the mental and physical challenges presented to them. Completion of NALC is 
required prior to commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior 
years. Participants receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care, and pay. 

Degree Requirements: 

Requirements: MIL 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402; HIS 240. 

Courses in Military Science (MIL): 

101, 102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and 
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading, 
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies, 
public speaking and leadership. Meets one hour per week. 1 credit each semester. 

Lebanon Valley College Military Science 107 



201, 202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the 
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems 
and to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester 1 credit each 
semester. 

301, 302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations 
require direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and 
to get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader. 
Meets two hours per week and selected weekends each semester Prerequisite: Open only 
to Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester. 

401, 402. Command and Staff. Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision- 
making capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics and administration. Meets 
two hours per week. Prerequisite: Open only to Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each 
semester. 

Faculty 
Jay Dainty, professor of military science. 

M.S., University of Georgia. Lieutenant Colonel, United States Army. 
Dainty is the Commander of the Blue Mountain ROTC Battalion (which encompasses 
Lebanon Valley College, Dickinson College, Penn State Harrisburg, and Millersville 
University) and he is the primary instructor for MSIV courses at Millersville University, 
Dickinson College, and Penn State Harrisburg. 

Gregory Coon, senior military instructor. ♦ 

Master Sergeant, United States Army. 

Coon is the primary instructor for MSIII courses. He is a Special Forces Engineer 

Sergeant. 

Jennifer L. Hall, instructor in military science. 

M.P.A., Shippensburg University. Captain, United States Army. 

Hall is the primary instructor for MSI courses. She is also the Recruiting Operations 

Officer for the Blue Mountain ROTC Battalion. 



108 Militray Science 2004-2005 Catalog 



DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Students in the Department of Music may major in one of four areas: music, music 
business, music education, or music recording technology. Each student in the B.A. (MUS 
or MBS), B.M. (MRT), or B.S. (MED) programs is required to take a core of courses in 
music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course work 
particular to his or her area of interest. 

Music Program 

Music majors (except music business students) will exhibit proficiency at the piano and 
in voice, each to be determined by jury. Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the 
recital attendance requirement are found in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To 
prepare for proficiency juries, students can take MSC 5 10 and/or 520. Music majors will be 
in at least one major performing ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic 
Band, College Choir, Concert Choir, or Symphony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester. 
All students may earn up to 12 credits for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private 
study on their principal instrument/voice during each fall and spring semester. 

Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in 
that instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the 
same time. 

Degree Requirements: 

The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career in 
music with a strong liberal arts background. Students in the jazz studies concentration will 
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The 
theory /composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual 
composition each semester to fulfill this requkement. Concentrations identified in the 
Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, voice, instrumental, sacred 
music, jazz studies, and theory /composition. 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music (MUS). 

Majors: Core courses in three of the music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115, 116, 117, 
118, 215, 217, 241, 242, 246 and 328. MSC 530 for all degree candidates. In addition, 
music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each semester, exceptions noted 
previously. 

Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316, 406 and 600; 
Voice concentration: MSC 216, 233, 326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216, 316, 
351, and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred 
Music concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration: 
MSC 201, 218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory/Composition concentration: MSC 
216, 315, 329, 416 and 500: Senior Composition Project. 

Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 101, and three music literature courses from among the 
following: 100, 200, 201, 241 or 242. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters and 
must participate in a music ensemble for four semesters. 

Lebanon Valley College Music 109 



Student Recital 

Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a 
wide range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination. 
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps 
to develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance 
ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their performance readi- 
ness and in consultation with the private teacher. 

Courses in Music (MSC): 

099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satis- 
factory/unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. credits. 

100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music 
designed to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits. 

101. Fundamentals of Music. For music minors and non-music majors, an introduction 
to the rudiments of music: notation, key signatures, theory, aural theory and so forth. 3 
credits. 

110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit. 

111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides his or her own instrument. 1 credit. 

775. Music Theory I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmonization 
of melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

776. Music Theory II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh 
chords, nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 1 15 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

777. Aural Theory I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, triads and sim- 
ple harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits. 

775. Aural Theory II. A continuation of MSC 117, emphasizing clef reading, modality, 
modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic patterns. Music core 
course. Prerequisite: MSC 117 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus 
on genre and period studies. 3 credits. 

201. American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing stylistic 
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes 
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing process. 3 credits. 

275. Music Theory III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dom- 
inants, augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation. 
Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 116 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

110 Music , 2004-2005 Catalog 




216. Music Theory IV. A study of 20th-century compositional techniques, including 
modal and whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and 
various rhythmic and metric procedures. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission of the 
instructor. 2 credits. 

217. Aural Theory III. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing chromatic materials and 
more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music core course. 
Prerequisite: MSC 118 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvision 
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 115, 116, and 215. 2 credits. 

233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French, 
Italian and Latin, utiUzing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concentra- 
tion majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

241. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in 
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments 
and illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. Music core 
course. 3 credits. 

242. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western music 
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments 
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core 
course. 3 credits. 

246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students 
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Music 111 



306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its hterature with 
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits. 

315. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part 
work in all the species. 2 credits. 

316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the key- 
board, transposition and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is 
required for admission to the course. 2 credits. 

326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching 
repertoire. Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the 
works studied. 2 credits. 

327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private 
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise 
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching pro- 
cedures in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy 
will be studied. 2 credits. 

328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound 
forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily 
upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and visual 
analysis. Music core course. 2 credits. 

329. Form and Analysis II. A study through analysis and listening of fugal forms, suite, 
complex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music. 
2 credits 

345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental 
groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. Prerequisite: 
MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without 
baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations. 
Prerequisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits. 

351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest 

times to the present day. 2 credits. 

352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various 
methods of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical 
materials for all levels are included. 2 credits. 

401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of 
band and orchestral instruments. 2 credits. 



112 Music , 2004-2005 Catalog 



403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's 
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory 
situation. 2 credits. 

405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the 
student's performance area. 2 credits. 

406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary 
to be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and 
the selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students. 
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits. 

416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring 
transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on 
practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis 
and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits. 

422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with 
the church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and 
techniques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3 
credits. 

510. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills. 
Preparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal vocal skills. 
Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit. 

530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit. 

540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits. 

600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration 
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given 
for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over 
the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s). 

Music Ensembles 

601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all 
students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for 
music education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the gener- 
al education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to 
all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrange- 
ments of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the 
second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on 

Lebanon Valley College Music 113 



occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open 
to all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. Concert Choir. 

Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large 
ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

604. College Choir. 

Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of 
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit. 

605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs 
chamber vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit. 

610. Woodwind Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

675. Brass Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit. Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit. Sec. 4 Trumpet Ensemble. 1/2 credit 

616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

620. String Ensemble. 1 12 credit. 

625. Jazz Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit. Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

630. Chamber Ensembles. 

Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit. 

635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit. 

Music Business Program 

The Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (B.A.) is a hberal arts-based music busi- 
ness curriculum that builds on the strengths of current programs in business and music. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (MBS). 

Music Business {B.A.}: MSC 099 (8 semesters); 115, 116, 117, 118, 201, 241, 242, 510 (4 
semesters), 520 (1 semester), 530 (8 semesters), a music ensemble (8 semesters); MRT 
177, 373; MBS 371, 372, 400; ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 285, 371, 380; and ECN 101. 

Courses in Music Business (MBS): 

370. Principles of Music Business. Explores issues related to trends in and the scope of 
music business: music merchandising, music publishing (including copyrights, licensing, 
contracts, distribution, and so forth); unions, promotion and other management issues. 
Prerequisites: MRT 371 and 372 (taken in the sophomore year); BUS 340 and/or permission 
of the instructor. 3 credits. 



114 Music 2004-2005 Catalog 



371. Introduction to the Music Business. This course examines how the music business 
operates, delving into a wide range of issues and areas such as publishing, record labels, 
retail, distribution, agents and managers, and current issues in the industry. Writing 
process. 3 credits. 

372. Music Copyright, Contracts, and Cash. An in-depth examination of publishing and 
recording contracts, music copyright law, and music licensing. Prerequisite: MBS 371 or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Prerequisites: Completion of all program requirements and permission of 
the instructor. 3-12 credits. 

401. Music Business Seminar. A senior, capstone experience. The focus will be on dis- 
cussion, particularly of important issues raised by the internship experience. 1 credit. 

Music Education Program 

The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania 
Department of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music, 
is designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through 
grade 12, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education 
major prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of 
Education and are administered by competency jury. Students participate in student teach- 
ing in area elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student 
teaching semester, each student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the 
student teaching semester, the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance, 
private lessons, or an ensemble. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education (MED). 

Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334, 335, 
336, 441, 442; MSC 216, 316, 416; EDU 110; PSY 120 (recommended), 180; two college- 
level mathematics courses and one American or English literature course; and a 3.00 cumu- 
lative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for only one 
half-hour lesson in their principle performance medium during the student teaching 
semester if they are preparing a recital. This is accomplished by petition. 

Courses in Music Education (MED): 

136. Survey of Music Education. A first-year field experience with a classroom component. 

1 credit. 

220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education 
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments, 
singing, notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as Elementary Education 220.] 

223. Brass Methods. A study of the brass family. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques. 
Mixed brass ensemble experience. 2 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 115 



227. Percussion Methods. A study of the percussion family. 1 credit. 

280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Optional supervised field experiences in appro- 
priate settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 110 and permission. 1-3 credits. 

330. Woodwind Methods. A study of the woodwind family. 2 credits. 

331. String Methods. A study of the string family. 2 credits. 

333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of 
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education, 
varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications, 
and analysis of materials. 3 credits. 

334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches 
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. Writing process. 3 credits. 

335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy, 
and methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching 
band) from elementary through high school levels. 3 credit. 

336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per week 
where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit. 

441. Student Teaching: Instrumental. Music education majors spend a semester in the 
music department of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers. 
Prerequisites: 

(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.00 during the first six semesters 
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 2003). 

(2) two college-level mathematics courses and one American or English literature 
course. 

(3) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries. 

(4) completion of music core courses and MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334, 
335, 336; MSC 216, 316, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 110. 

(5) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the 
College cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic 
area. 8 or 4 credits. 

442. Student Teaching: Vocal. Same as MED 441. 8 or 4 credits. 

Music Recording Technology Program 

The Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (B.M.) is designed to 
prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording 
industries. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (MRT). 

Music Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 177, 219, 277, 278, 373, 
116 Music - 2004-2005 Catalog 



374, 377, 400, 474; MBS 371, 372; PHY 101, 102, 203, 212, 350; MAS 102 (or MAS 161). 

Courses in Music Recording Technology (MRT): 

177. Survey of the Music Industry. This course is intended to expose freshmen MRT and 
MBS majors to the music industry overall and help them determine their choice of major. 
Class sessions will involve discussion, demonstration, and visits with MRT/MBS seniors 
who have completed their internships. 1 credit. 

219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed 
through class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing and 
discriminating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically to var- 
ious production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit. 

277. Recording Engineering I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio 
signal and acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and 
signal processing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and 
projects. Prerequisite: PHY 102 or permission. 3 credits. 

278. Recording Engineering II. Multi track studio production techniques are further devel- 
oped through class discussion, in-class recording sessions, and project assignments. Audio 
theory, processes, and issues are examined in-depth. Prerequisite: MRT 277, MRT majors 
only. 3 credits. 

373. Electronic Music. An in-depth look at the history, use and development of electronic 
music. Emphasis in MIDI, sequencing, transcription, sound design, synthesis techniques, 
sampling and studio production integration. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of 
instructor. 3 credits. 

374. Digital Audio. An in-depth examination of the principles and applications of digital 
audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed include: digi- 
tal audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer-based record- 
ing and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media applications. Prerequisite: 
MRT 278 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

377. Recording Engineering III. A continuation of MRT 277/278, this 3rd course in the 
recording engineering sequence focuses on stereo recording, surround recording and mix- 
ing, and mastering. The emphasis is on listening critically for mic placement, understanding 
hall acoustics, applying musical decisions during the recording process, exploring new 
directions in surround sound for music production, and developing a musical, artistic, and 
technical awareness of issues involved in mastering projects for commerical release. 
Prerequisite: MRT 278, MRT majors only. 3 credits. 

400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and 
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Prerequisites: 
permission of the program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken either in the last 
semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in the last semester for 
12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework and music requirements are com- 
pleted, allows students to relocate for the term. 

474. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed and 
practiced. These include musicality, client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An indi- 
vidual emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, orga- 



Lebanon Valley College Music 117 



nizational and personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major project. 
Prerequisite: MRT 374 or permission of instructor. 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Johannes M. Dietrich, associate professor of music. 
D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music. 

Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods course, principles of conducting, and 
advanced instrumental conducting. He directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony 
Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles, and performs solo recitals. 

Scott H. Eggert, professor of music. 

DMA., University of Kansas. 

Eggert teaches music theory, aural theory, counterpoint, orchestration, and composition. 

He is active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus. 

Robert H. Hearson, professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 

A low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music 

education and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is 

founder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the 

LVC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active 

as a performer, clinician, adjudicator and guest conductor. 

Barry R. Hill, associate professor of music. Director of the Music Recording Technology 
Program. 

M.M., New York University. 

A member of the National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences and the Audio 
Engineering Society, Hill is responsible for developing curriculum, maintaining the on- 
campus recording studios, and teaching courses in the MRT program. As a recording engi- 
neer, he has a long list of album credits, including several national chart-placing singles; 
his knowledge of music technology has been employed in record production, concert per- 
formances, theater sound design, theme park shows, system installations, workshops, and 
seminars. For fun, he teaches a graduate course, entitled Psychology of Music Teaching 
and Learning, for the Master of Music Education Program at LVC. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges and 

supervises music student teaching, and advises the campus MENC: The National 

Association for Music Education student chapter. 

Rebecca C. Lister, assistant professor of music. 

D.M., Florida State University. 

Director of vocal studies. Lister teaches applied voice, vocal literature, pedagogy, and diction. 

Marie L. Mecham, professor of music. 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music educa- 
tion, and voice. Conductor of the Lebanon Valley College Concert Choir and Chamber 
Choir, Mecham also serves as adjudicator, clinician and consultant. 

118 Music , 2004-2005 Catalog 



Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, associate professor of music. 
DMA., University of Iowa. 

Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ ped- 
agogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs the 
handbell choir, performs frequently in solo organ recitals, and advises the Sigma Alpha 
Iota chapter. 

Renee Lapp Norris, assistant professor of music. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

A musicologist by training, Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music his- 
tory, topics courses, and form and analysis. 

Victoria Rose, instructor in music. 

M.M. Towson State University. 

Teaching applied and class voice. Rose is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in Central 

Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. In 2003-2004, she will direct the College Choir. 

Jeffrey R. Savage, assistant professor of music. 

D.M.A., The Juilliard School. 

Savage teaches applied piano, class piano, and music theory courses. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, assistant director of the music recording tech- 
nology program. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 

He has designed curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for sev- 
eral artists, public schools, colleges, universities and technical schools. He has produced, 
engineered and been a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, songs and 
recordings. 

Thomas M. Strohman, associate professor of music. Acting chairperson. 

M.M., Towson State University. 

He is responsible for woodwind studies and jazz studies and directs the jazz ensembles. A 

founding member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, he has recorded for Columbia Artists. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music. 

D.M.A., University of Iowa. 

Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis, and 

piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist. 

Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs. 

B.A., Colby College. 

She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University. 

Michelle L. Barraclough, adjunct instructor in music. 
M.M., The Catholic University of America. 

Teacher of applied flute, Barraclough also directs the Flute Ensemble and teaches flute lit- 
erature and pedagogy. 

Joseph G. Bashore, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.F.A., University of Iowa. 

An accomplished recitalist and accompanist, Bashore teaches class and applied piano. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 119 



Beverly K. Butts, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., Michigan State University. 

A well-known soloist, orchestral musician, and teacher in the region. Butts teaches applied 

clarinet, clarinet literature, and pedagogy courses. 

Marie- Aline Cadieux, adjunct instructor in music. 

D.M.A., Ohio State University. 

Visiting artist and active recitalist, Cadieux teaches applied cello. 

John E. Copenhaver, adjunct instructor in music. 

M.M., West Chester University. 

Music educator and performer, Copenhaver teaches applied trumpet. 

James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music. 

Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington, 
D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the Lebanon Valley 
College Low Brass Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a 
soloist and clinician. 

Timothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music. 
B.S., Temple University . 

Formerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band, 
Washington, D.C; Erdman has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading 
symphonies. Instructor of applied trumpet, he is a member of Basic'ly Brass, a profes- 
sional brass quintet. 

Suzanne D. Fox, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., University of Miami. 

A well-known music educator and performer in the region. Fox teaches French hom.oe 

Emily G. Frantz, adjunct instructor in music. 

M.M., Temple University. 

A professional music therapist and performer, Frantz teaches applied oboe. 

Linda W. Hummel, adjunct instructor in music. 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

Music educator and vocal performer. Hummel teaches Introduction to Music. 

Robin Lilarose, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.S., Elizabethtown College. 

An active performer in regional orchestras and chamber ensembles, Lilarose teaches 

applied flute. 

James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music. 

A member of the jazz ensemble Third Stream, his teaching specialty is string bass and 

electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area. 

Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.M., Combs College of Music. 

He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons, class guitar, 

guitar ensemble, and jazz theory. 



120 Music 2004-2005 Catalog 



Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

MM., University of Miami. 

He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble. 

Andrew Roberts, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.M., Berklee College of Music. 

A well-known composer, arranger, keyboardist, and music director in the region, Roberts 

teaches jazz studies. 

Karen Hsiao Savage, adjunct instructor in music 

M.M., The Juilliard School. 

Primarily a chamber music artist and accompanist. Savage teaches Fundamentals of 

Music, appHed and class piano. 

Joe Trojcak, adjunct instructor in music. 
B.A., West Chester University. 

Trojcak owns Progressive Enterprises Sound Studios, a facility that provides audio pro- 
duction for music, corporate, and political clients. He has taught one of the MRT record- 
ing classes, is a seminar speaker for the program, and hosts many of our interns. 

Craig Underwood, adjunct instructor of music. 
B.M., Lebanon Valley College. 

Edward VanLandeghem, adjunct instructor in music. 

B.M., Lebanon Valley College. 

VanLandeghem teaches Musical Acoustics and Recording Engineering III for the MRT 

program. He is a mastering engineering for his own company, Funkhouser Mastering. 

Tom Volpicelli, adjunct instructor in music. 
B.A., Gettysburg College. 

A member of NARAS and AES, Volpicelh teaches the capstone Music Production Seminar 
course for the MRT program. He is CEO and president of The Mastering House, Inc., and 
has a long track record in the recording industry (notably live recording and mixing for the 
King Biscuit Flower Hour productions). His company offers mastering, authoring, produc- 
tion, and programming for multimedia and Internet-based applications. 

Julia P. Wagner, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

M.A., Ithaca College. 

A professional bassoonist, Wagner plays with several regional symphonies. 

Patricia Lutz Walter, adjunct instructor in music. 

M.M., West Chester University. 

Walter teaches Music for the Elementary Teacher and, in Fall 2003, will teach the 

Elementary General Music course. 

Michael Wojdylak, adjunct assistant professor of music. 

D.D.S., University of Maryland. 

Wojdylak directs the College choir and teaches private voice lessons. 



Lebanon Valley College Music 121 




PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Although the College does not offer a major in physical education, two units of phys- 
ical education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of 
good health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life. 

Courses in Physical Education (PED): 

102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic move- 
ments. The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight 
control and heart rate monitoring. 

113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring. 
About eight weeks will be spent in league play. 

722. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and 
weight control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement and flexibility training. 

123. Weight Training. This course is designed to educate the students to the proper tech- 
niques of weight training and different programs for both now and the future. 

124. Personal Training. Designed to teach participants how to analyze their current fitness 
level and create a safe and effective personal training program. Each individual will learn 
about their exercise and health history, muscular strength and endurance fitness, cardio-res- 
piratory fitness, flexibility and body composition. 

125. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf. 

135. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition 
used in racquetball. 

137. Tae Kwon Do. Introduction to basic stances, blocks, strikes, and kicks with applications 
to self defense. 



122 Physical Education 



2004-2005 Catalog 



146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in 
singles and doubles. 

160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction. 

162. Water Exercise. Includes water-walking, water running and other aerobic water 
exercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve 
strength and cardiovascular endurance. 

168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding pro- 
gram is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge nec- 
essary to keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After suc- 
cessfully completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in: 

Lifeguarding (3 year certification) 

First Aid (3 year certification) 

CPR for the Professional Rescuer (1 year certification) 

169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills, 
knowledge and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross 
Swimming and Water Safety courses: 

Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP) 
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression 
Basic Water Safety 
Emergency Water Safety 
Water Safety Instructor Aide 

180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, empha- 
sizing team concepts. 

190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading. 

Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list of 
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking the 
same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit waived 
for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one semester 
of marching band, or one semester of mihtary science (Army ROTC cadets only). Students 
must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity. 

Faculty 

Allan G. MacCormack, program director. 

M.S., Ithaca College. 

He is the coach of the ice hockey team and the director of the physical education program. 

O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education. 

M.A. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University. 

He instructs the fitness classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse rate and recovery, 

strength testing devices, and workout charts. He also instructs bowling, racquetball and 

skiing and team activities such as Softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic 

program are track and field (indoor and outdoor) and cross country. 

Lebanon Valley College Physical Education 123 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Health Science Program 

This curriculum shall only be completed by students enrolled in the six-year Doctor of 
Physical Therapy (DPT) program. At the end of four years of study, students enrolled in the 
DPT program will receive a Bachelor of Science in health science. In order to proceed into 
the professional phase of the DPT program, students must maintain: (1) a minimum cumu- 
lative 3.00 GPA in all coursework; (2) a minimum cumulative science GPA of 2.50 (the 
required biology, chemistry, physics, and PHT 312 courses), and (3) no individual science 
grade lower than a C (courses may be repeated to meet this requirement). Departmental stu- 
dents not meeting these requirements may complete their senior fourth year requirements 
and graduate with the health science major but may not continue into the professional (grad- 
uate) phase. 

Required pre-professional course work includes completion of the general education pro- 
gram and major requirements including 18 credit hours in a cognate discipline or minor of 
choice. 

Doctor of Physical Therapy degree requirements can be found on page 167. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health science. 

Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 221, 222; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; PHY 103, 104; MAS 
170 or 270, or PSY 130; PSY 111 or 112; SOC 110 or 120; PHT 300, 310, 311, 312, and a 
choice of three of the following: 412, 414, 416, 418. (65 total credits). 

N.B. PHT 312, a 7-credit summer course, is optional for students not continuing in the pro- 
fessional phase. In lieu of PHT 312, students may select two courses from the following list: 
BIO 212, 304, 305, 306; PSY 120, 235, 265, 346, 378, or SOC 324. 

No minor is offered in health science. 

Courses in Health Science (PHT): 

202. Comparative Health Care Professions and Systems. An independent study course to 
be completed while enrolled in the Study Abroad Program. Students compare the health care 
system in the visited country with the complex system present in the United States of 
America. Writing process. 3 credits. 

300. Health Care Professions and Systems. Provides a comprehensive overview of a rep- 
resentative primary health care professional discipline and introduces students to health care 
organizations and systems. 3 credits. 

310. Medical Terminology. Examines terminology used by health care providers in clinical 
health care delivery. Explores medical word structure, terminology applicable to all body 
systems, and medical abbreviations. 1 credit. 



124 Physical I'herapy 2004-2005 Catalog 




311. Fundamentals of Anatomy. This course is designed to introduce students to the basics 
of human anatomy. The course will cover human muscle origins, insertions, and actions as 
well as describing in depth systemic anatomy of the skeletal, circulatory, respiratory, renal, 
reproductive, and nervous systems. The course will use a traditional lecture format and a 
weekly laboratory session using Primal computer imaging anatomy software. Prerequisite: 
BIO 112 and permission of the instructor. 4 credits. 

312. Human Anatomy. Explores human neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, pulmonary, 
and integumentary systems. Laboratory exercises include cadaveric dissection. 7 credits. 

402. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice I. Introduces professional-phase 
students to key professional, ethical, and practice issues. 3 credits. 

404. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice II. A study of communication 
methods with the patient/client, their families, and other members of the health care team. 
Continued study of professional ethical and practice issues. 2 credits. 

412. Psychosocial Aspects of Disease and Disability. A survey course of the psychosocial 
implications of illness and disability. Specific attention is given to cultural differences, 
adjustment models, family stress from caregiving, family violence, and normal grieving 
processes. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College 



Physical Therapy 125 



414. Pathophysiology. Examines basic human pathology and medical principles, including, 
but not limited to, inflammation, infection, systemic conditions, pain management, 
genetics, and clinical laboratory tests. 4 credits. 

416. Biomechanics and Kinesiology. Examines tissue and joint structure and function, and 
the mechanical principles involved in human motion. The laboratory portion will introduce 
students to the basics of postural and gait assessment. Prerequisite: PHT 312. 4 credits. 

418. Exercise Science. Examines skeletal muscle structure and function and cardiovascular, 
respiratory, and neuromusculoskeletal physiology related to physical activity and exercise in 
general and special patient/client populations. Current methods of nutritional and physical 
assessment will be evaluated. 3 credits. 

420. Neuroscience. Examines the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system and intro- 
duces students to concepts of neural dysfunction. Laboratory sessions will concentrate on 
neuroanatomy using wet brain dissection and atlas images. 2 credits. 

430. Musculoskeletal I. First of a two course sequence providing an in depth study of the 
evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of musculoskeletal 
pathology and/or injury. This first component of the two course sequence will emphasize the 
upper and lower limbs, with an introductory component to the spine. 4 credits. 

432. Clinical Examination. An introduction to the tests and measurements used by physical 
therapists in the clinical and research settings. Laboratory sessions will provide the student 
with an opportunity to integrate concepts and apply the therapeutic interventions discussed 
in lecture. 4 credits. 

434. Clinical Interventions I. First of a two course sequence designed to instruct students 
in the use of therapeutic modalities to affect change in human tissues. Laboratory exercises 
include applying modalities, gait training with various devices, and an introduction to 
wheelchair management. 4 credits. 

450. Evidence Based! Critical Inquiry Physical Therapy I. Provides a critical appreciation 
of basic science, clinical, and grounded theory research to the evolution of physical therapy 
as an evidence based clinical health professional discipline. 2 credits. 

460. Clinical Education and Practice I. Four-week full-time clinical placement in a local 
ambulatory or out-patient setting where students begin to utilize skills and implement eval- 
uative techniques in the clinical decision making process. 1 credit. 

Faculty 

Philip J. Blatt, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., University of Miami. 

He teaches neuromuscular physical therapy and neuromuscular rehabilitation. His 

research is focused on developing novel therapeutic approaches and investigating 

improvements in functional outcomes in patients with visual-spatial inattention or neglect. 

126 Physical Therapy 2004-2005 Catalog 



Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., Hahnemann University. 

He teaches pathophysiology, advanced neuroscience, and differential diagnosis. His 
research interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative dis- 
eases. 

Marcia Epier, associate professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential diag- 
nosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses effica- 
cy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education. 
M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical education 
course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 

Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D. University of Iowa. 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research interests 

include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient satisfaction. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, and pharmacology. Her research interests 

include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors such as sodium 

appetite, conditioned taste aversion, and drug-induced avoidance. 

Penelope L. Samuelson, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches biomechanics and kinesiology and the clinical interventions course series. 

Her research interests include factors affecting patient satisfaction and instruction of 

injury prevention, and outcome data analysis. 



Lebanon Valley College Physical Therapy 127 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Physics Program 

Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement 
of experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at 
Lebanon Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws 
dealing with motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and 
nuclear structure, and the properties of matter. 

Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as 
physicists and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other pos- 
sibilities include technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue 
their professional training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to 
other professional schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business. 

The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the third and fourth floor of the 
Garber Science Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department 
maintains an atomic force microscopy laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics lab- 
oratory, electronics laboratory, and nuclear physics laboratory. Students majoring in 
physics also have the opportunity to use equipment (e.g., electron microscope and nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer) maintained by other science departments. 

Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid 
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research/internships, and participate in 
the local chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities, 
supported by college funds or external grants, are available for physics students. 

Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A stu- 
dent can spend a semester as a physics student at Anglia Polytechnic University in 
England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with the richness 
of an international experience. 

The Physics Department also directs the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details, see 
Cooperative Programs, page 24. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics. 

Major: PHY 111, 112, (or 101, 102 or 103, 104 with permission), 211, 311, 312, 321, 322, 
327, 328 and four additional semester hours above 211; MAS 161, 162, 261 and 266 or 
MAS 111, 112, 261 and 266 (43-47 credits). 

Mmor.- PHY 111, 112 (or 101, 102 or 103, 104), 211, plus 6 credits in physics above 211; 
MAS 111 or 161 (21-23 credits). 

Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking 
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in education and the sci- 
ences. Contact the department for the courses required. 

Courses in Physics (PHY): 

100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the important 
concepts of physics, both classical and modem, and with the scientific method, its nature and 
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other 
disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly two-hour laboratory 
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation and, analysis of experimental 
data and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits. 

128 Physics 2004-2005 Catalog 



101, 102. Fundamentals of Physics I, 11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts 
and laws of the various branches of physics including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure with laboratory work in each area. 
Emphasis and applications appropriate for music recording technology majors. 4 credits 
per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 101 (or equivalent) for PHY 102. 

103, 104. General College Physics I,II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and 
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 4 
credits per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 103 (or equivalent) for PHY 104. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, designed 
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is 
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second 
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161. 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: PHY 1 11 
(or equivalent) for PHY 112. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modem scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history 
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical 
systems including the solar system. Sun, other stars, and galaxies. Laboratory work 
required. 4 credits. [Cross-listed as Earth and Space Science 120.] 

203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves and 
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical 
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112 or 
permission. 3 credits. 

211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modem physics, including special 
relativity, the foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic 
nucleus, radioactivity and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area. 
Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112, MAS 111 or 161 or permission. 4 credits. 

212. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including 
diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, and integrated 
circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 1 12, or permission. 
4 credits. 

261. Introduction to Computational Physics. An introduction to the approximate numer- 
ical solution of physical problems with computers. The course focuses on problems from 
mechanics, electromagnetics, and quantum mechanics that are not analytically solvable. 
Topics include realistic projectile motion, planetary motion, and electromagnetic fields 
produced by charge and current distributions. Prerequisites: PHY 102, 104, or 112 and 
MAS 111 or 161. 3 credits. 

302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave 
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The 



Lebanon Valley College Physics 129 



course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems and 
fiber optics. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 112. 3 credits. 

304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and 
second laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and engi- 
neering are included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed. 
Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 112. 3 credits. 

311, 312. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including 
the motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles and the motion of a rigid 
body. Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description 
of rigid body motion and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among 
the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 111 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag- 
netism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems. 
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current cir- 
cuits, the Maxwell field equations and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are among 
the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester. 

327, 328. Experimental Physics I, II. Experimental work selected from the areas of 
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear 
physics, with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques and analysis of 
data. Prerequisite: PHY 211. PHY 328 is writing process. 1 and 2 credits per semester. 

350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunications 
industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, modulation and 
transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are emphasized. 
Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits. 

360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the 
student with some of the special methods, programs and problems in the teaching of 
physics in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit. 

421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modem physics, utilizing 
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as 
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation 
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where 
appropriate. Prerequisites: PHY 211 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester. 

428. Advanced Instrumentation. Theory of operation of the atomic force microscope, the 
scanning electron microscope and nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer. Through 
laboratory exercises and experimental work, students will learn the proper use and 
application of these instruments. Prerequisites: PHY 327 or permission (advanced students 
in the sciences or technical fields are encouraged to consider this course). 1 to 3 credits. 

Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical 

130 Physics 2004-2005 Catalog 



physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science, and the teaching of 
physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. He recently spent one year 
teaching in China. In 1999, he received the Vickroy Award for distinguished teaching. 

Thomas G. Hollingsworth, adjunct instructor in physics. 

M.S., Gonzaga University. 

He is a retired U.S. Air Force command pilot with extensive experience in aviation. He 

manages a variety of the departmental outreach programs and is a member of the Hershey 

School Board. His interests include secondary education, introductory college physics, and 

atomic force microscopy. 

Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. Chairperson. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion-bombarded 

surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests 

include electronics and experimental design. Recently, Hurst was awarded an National 

Science Foundation grant in atomic force microscopy. 

Scott N. Walck, associate professor of physics. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral research, University of Rochester and Naval 
Research Laboratory. 

He enjoys mathematical physics and quantum mechanics. Walck studies quantum infor- 
mation theory, particularly the theory of quantum entanglement, and collaborates with 
students in this research. The aesthetic appeal in mathematical descriptions of physical 
reality drives his interest in physics. 

Earth and Space Science Program 

Two courses in earth and space science are offered to acquaint students with the physi- 
cal aspects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to earth and space science 
as a discipline. These courses are recommended for all students who wish to broaden their 
understanding of the world. 

Courses in Earth and Science (ESS): 

110. Principles of Geology. An introduction to the dynamic Earth and the interrelations of 
both the internal and external processes which shape it. This course offers an overview of 
the history and evolution of Earth in the context of plate tectonics. It explores the nature of 
volcanoes, earthquakes, mountain building processes, weathering, erosion, and the various 
origins and compositions of Earth materials. Opportunities for hands-on inquiry are 
provided for the student in both the laboratory and in the field. 4 credits. 

120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system 
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive 
review of the modem scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history 
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical 
systems including the solar system, Sun, other stars and galaxies. Laboratory work 
required. 4 credits. [Cross-listed as Physics 120.] 



Lebanon Valley College Physics 131 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

The Psychology Department at Lebanon Valley College seeks to foster the development 
of a thoughtful, flexible, and scientific approach toward human behavior, guided by criti- 
cal analyses of empirical research. Our curriculum is a student-oriented, liberal arts pro- 
gram that prepares students, following graduation, for applied entry positions in the work 
force, or for graduate studies in a range of areas such as psychology, neuroscience, social 
work, medicine, business, education, and law. The program allows our students to arrive at 
a thorough understanding of processes underlying behavior, with a broader goal of apply- 
ing this knowledge to one's own life and society in general. This goal is consistent with the 
mission of the College, which is to enable "students to become people of broad vision, 
capable of making informed decisions and prepared for a life of service to others." 

The department offers students the benefits of a strong classroom-based traditional 
background in a variety of behavioral subdisciplines, along with providing opportunities 
to become involved in the field of psychology in an applied manner. Many psychology 
majors gain practical knowledge through (1) participation in independent and collabora- 
tive research projects under the guidance and supervision of individual faculty members, 
as well as (2) our extensive internship program, which allows students to receive college 
credit for work experience relevant to their particular interests within the field of psy- 
chology. Overall, the Department of Psychology at Lebanon Valley College offers the 
"best of both worlds": experiences and facilities usually associated only with larger uni- 
versities, along with individualized instruction and advisement characteristic of small lib- 
eral arts institutions. 

Psychology Program 

The psychology program requires all majors to complete a minimum of 42 credits of 
psychology coursework. All majors initially complete several foundation courses, which 
include introductions to a vast array of subfields within psychology, as well as laborato- 
ry-based exposure to the nature of research design and analysis. Students then complete 
courses within each of five critical psychological subdisciplines (human development, 
psychopathology, biopsychology, cognition, and social processes), which include addi- 
tional, advanced, lab-based research. Finally, all majors complete an integrative capstone 
experience, which includes coursework surveying the history of psychology, as well as the 
completion of an individualized internship or research project. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychology. 

Major: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one course from 400, 410, 420, or SED 
440; 6 credits at the 200 level or higher. Students must also complete one 300-level two- 
course lab sequence from one of the following five core areas, plus one 3-credit course 
from each of the remaining four core areas: biopsychology: 378/379, 280, 285; cognition: 
363/364, 250, 260; human development: 324/325, 230, 235; social processes: 346/347, 
240, 245, 247; psychopathology: 332/333, 265, 268. (40 credits). 

Minor: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; 6 credits at the 200 level or higher; 3 credits at the 
300 level. (22 credits). 

132 Psychology 2004-2005 Catalog 



Courses in Psychology (PSY): 

111. General Psychology I. This survey course examines the relationship between 
research and theory in the field of psychology. A brief review of the history of psycholo- 
gy allows students to understand the evolution of the discipline. The remainder of the 
course provides an overview of the basic research areas of psychology, including physio- 
logical psychology, sensation and perception, learning and memory, language and cogni- 
tion, and human development. 3 credits. 

112. General Psychology II. This survey course examines the relationship between 
research and theory in the field of psychology, with emphasis on the field of applied psy- 
chology. Individual and societal influences on physical and psychological health will be 
examined. Topics will include psychological testing, personality theory, intelligence, 
motivation and emotion, social behavior, and psychological disorders and treatment. 3 
credits. 

120. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. An introduction to psychology as a sci- 
ence, emphasizing laboratory research. Students complete literature reviews, design and 
conduct a psychological experiment, perform data analysis and interpretation, and review 
scientific ethics. In addition, subdisciplines of psychology, and methodology specific to 
each, are explored. Writing process. 4 credits. 

130. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative 
and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret 
and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data 
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the 
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also 
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collection project. 4 
credits. [Cross-listed as Politcal Science 142.] 

180. Child Development and Education. A survey of major ideas in child development 
and educational psychology, with an emphasis on classroom applications. Topics include 
human development, intelligence, language, learning, memory, motivation, social and cul- 
tural contexts of development, and assessments. 3 credits. 

199. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in devel- 
oping skills that will help them be more successful in future academic and work settings. 
The subjects to be covered include current research in psychology and related fields, how 
to improve writing skills, how to prepare for a career in psychology, how to apply to a 
graduate program, how to study for the GRE, how to choose internship sites and similar 
topics. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. 1 credit. 

230. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics 
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development, 
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, identity and self-concept, sexu- 
al development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 
130. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Psychology 133 




235. Psychology of Adult Development and Aging. A study of research, literature, and 
theories concerned with psychological change in the adult, from early adulthood to death. 
Current research methods and findings are covered in the areas of physical, cognitive, per- 
sonality, and social changes in the adult years. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 
3 credits. 

240. Organizational Psychology. Psychological principles applied to organizational 
behavior. Topics include individual factors (personality, attitudes, perceptions), group 
dynamics, personnel selection and training, communication, leadership, ergonomics and 
organizational change. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

245. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, with emphasis on psycho- 
analysis, humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. Writing process. 3 credits. 

247. Psychological Perspectives on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad 
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the exam- 
ination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in biological, 
behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also involve a crit- 
ical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in the broader 
society. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

248. Health Psychology/ Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an introduction 
to health psychology/behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychology in the 
health field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between psychological 



134 Psychology 



2004-2005 Catalog 



I 



factors and physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. The study of 
behavioral medicine will include treatment of stress and stress-related disorders, preven- 
tive health behaviors and factors related to adherence of treatment programs. It also 
explores the psychological connections of pain and pain management, and how personal 
control is related to both health and the disease process. Prerequisites: PSY HI, 112, 120, 
or 130. 3 credits. 

250. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. Surveys structures and functions of, and research 
strategies to examine, the various sensory systems with particular emphasis on the visual 
system. Physiological, psychological and philosophical aspects of perception are dis- 
cussed. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

255. Evolutionary Psychology. This course is an approach to psychology in which 
knowledge and principles from evolutionary biology are used to research the structure of 
the human mind. Topics will include the adaptive problems of survival, mating, parenting, 
kinship, cooperation, warfare, and conflict between the sexes. Prerequisites: PSY HI, 
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

260. Learning and Memory. This course explores various processes involved in knowl- 
edge acquisition, storage, and retrieval. Specific topics include associative learning mech- 
anisms, the impact of reinforcement and punishment on behavior, generalization and dis- 
crimination, memory encoding, long-term memory storage and retrieval, memory distor- 
tions, and the sources of individual differences in learning and memory. Prerequisites: 
PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

265. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral 
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic 
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, subnor- 
mal intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

268. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist per- 
sons and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group thera- 
py, marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY HI, 
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

280. Introduction to Neuropsychology. This course serves as an introduction to the con- 
tent areas and methodology of neuropsychology, the study of the relationships between 
brain function and behavior. Topics include basic communication in the nervous system, 
organization and function of sensory and motor systems, hemispheric specialization, 
localization of function, brain injury and plasticity, and issues associated with neuropsy- 
chological assessment. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

285. Introduction to Psychopharmacology. This course surveys the most commonly used 
substances to treat mental disorders, such as antianxiety, antidepressant, antipsychotic, 
mood-stabilizer, psychostimulant, and cognitive enhancer medications. The course also 
discusses the brain and its most common neurotransmitters, how transmitting neurons 

Lebanon Valley College Psychology 135 



send and receive electrochemical information, the pharmokinetics (metabolism and elim- 
ination) and pharmacodynamics (absorption, distribution, and effects) of each drug, as 
well as the action sites, side effects, and mechanisms of each drug. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits. 

290-298. Special Topics. 1-6 credits. 

324. Psychology of Child Development. This course provides a broad foundation for 
understanding child development through an integration of practical, theoretical, and 
research orientations. Attention is given to both cultural and biological determinants of 
social, cognitive, physical, and emotional development, focusing on individual differ- 
ences as well as group similarities. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 3 credits. 

325. Child Development Laboratory. The course will provide students with experience 
planning (including IRB approval), observing, measuring, and analyzing child behavior 
using the methods employed by developmental researchers. This is intended to supple- 
ment the theory and research background they receive in PSY 324. Prerequisites: PSY 
111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled 
in PSY 324. 1 credit. 

332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. An introduction to the principles of psycho- 
logical measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and inter- 
pretations of existing psychological tests. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or 
permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

333. Psychological Testing and Assessment Laboratory. Students will be given the 
opportunity to experience how psychological tests are designed and evaluated. Each student 
will conduct a literature review on their selected topics, and then design, construct, distribute, 
and evaluate the validity/reliability of a psychological test instrument consistent with a 
research theme that will change every year. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; 
students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 332. 1 credit. 

346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between 
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics cov- 
ered may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person per- 
ception, attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 
130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

347. Social Psychology Laboratory. This course is intended to provide students with 
hands-on experience in the types of survey design, observational research, and lab-based 
experimentation consistent with group behavior, interpersonal relationships, and the inter- 
action between social issues and popular culture. The course culminates in the presenta- 
tion of data from students' original research within social psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 
111, 112, 1 20, and 1 30; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled 
in PSY 346. 1 credit. 

136 Psychology 2004-2005 Catalog 



360. The Teaching of Social Science in Secondary Schools. This course is designed for 
students seeking certification to teach social science courses (psychology, sociology, and 
anthropology) at the secondary school level. Under the supervision of College faculty, stu- 
dents will be responsible for preparing lecture and lab materials, teaching selected topics, 
and preparing, administering, and evaluating course assignments and exams. 1 credit. 

363. Cognitive Science. This course explores the human mind by integrating philosophi- 
cal, psychological, and biological perspectives on the nature of thought processes. 
Specific topics discussed in this framework include attention, perception, consciousness, 
memory, language, reasoning, intelligence, and thought-related dysfunctions. 
Prerequisites: PSY HI, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 

364. Cognitive Science Laboratory. This is an advanced, hands-on seminar in cognitive 
science, which will allow students to explore a preferred interest in human thinking via 
laboratory research. Students will review the literature on their chosen topic, design an 
experiment addressing this issue, and then collect and analyze the data from their experi- 
ment. The course culminates with an oral and written presentation of their research. 
Prerequisites: PSY HI, 112, 1 20, and 1 30; students must also have either completed or be 
currently enrolled in PSY 363. 1 credit. 

378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological basis (substrates) of behavioral 
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception, 
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors, emotion and psychopathology. 
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits. 
[Cross-listed as Psychobiology 378.] 

379. Physiological Psychology Laboratory. Students will be introduced to methods used 
in the study of the nervous system and its influence on behavior. Lab work will include 
collecting, analyzing, and reporting data from physiological studies, as well as sheep brain 
dissection and stereotaxic neurosurgery. In addition, students must complete an APA style 
proposal for an individual research project. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; 
students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 378. 1 credit. 

400. Internship. This course focuses on practical and professional work experience relat- 
ed to the student's work or research interests or graduate school plans. Internships are lim- 
ited to off-campus sites only. Students should not take more than six credits per semester. 
This will be a pass/fail course for all students. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, and 
at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher; overall GPA of at least 2.5; com- 
pletion of departmental form; approval of internship site by student's adviser prior to reg- 
istration. 1-12 credits. 

410. Independent Laboratory Research. This advanced seminar allows students to 
explore their own research-based interests in psychology via the completion of a laboratory 
experiment on a psychological topic of their choosing. Students will review the literature 
on their topic in an integrative manner, formulate a novel experiment that addresses some 
aspect(s) of their chosen discipline, collect and analyze data for their experiment, and then 

Lebanon Valley College Psychology 137 



present their findings in the form of a conference-style oral presentation and a complete 
APA-style research manuscript. Prerequisites: PSY HI, 112, 120, 130, at least 6 com- 
pleted credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the course instructor prior to 
the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research topics. 3 credits. 

420. Independent Reading. This is an advanced seminar in psychological science, where 
all students will research topics on the same specified theme, selected by the instructor 
(this theme will be different with each offering of the course). Students will produce an 
integrative literature review of their issue and develop some conclusions about their topic, 
then present their insights in both oral and written forms. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 
120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the 
course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research 
topics. 2 credits. 

443. History and Theory. A study of the history of psychology, including philosophical 
precursors to psychology, early and modem schools of thought within psychology, impor- 
tant trends, and famous psychologists. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, and at least 
6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher. Writing process. 3 credits. 

Faculty 

Deanna L. Dodson, associate professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Memphis. 

Her teaching interests are in psychobiology and experimental psychology. Her current 

research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and developmental 

patterns in lateralization. 

Lee Ann Grisolano, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Iowa. 

Her teaching interests are in neuropsychology, testing and assessment, and developmental 

disorders. Her current research areas include: educational programming for children with 

neurodevelopmental disabilities, factors associated with academic success, and risk factors 

associated with chronic health conditions in children. 

Barry X. Kuhle, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin. 

His teaching interests include evolutionary psychology, social psychology, experimental 

psychology, and general psychology. His research focuses on the evolved psychological 

mechanisms that underlie romantic relationships, with a focus on cues to commitment. He 

is also interested in the evolution and development of menopause, and the psychological 

changes that accompany it. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

Her teaching interests include child and lifespan developmental psychology and educa- 
tional psychology. Her research interests include cognitive aging, technology and older 
adults, and worry and regret across the life span. 



138 Psychology 2004-2005 Catalog 



Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 

His teaching interests are in clinical, community, experimental, and forensic psychology 

and psychopharmacology; he also supervises internship students. His research interests 

involve anxiety disorders, cognitive behavioral therapy, and clinical applications of 

biofeedback. 

Louis Manza, associate professor of psychology. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 

His teaching interests include cognitive processes, research design and analysis, the his- 
tory of psychology, and paranormal phenomena. His research interests focus on the devel- 
opment of pseudoscientific beliefs, as well as implicit learning and memory. 

David E. Holden, adjunct instructor in psychology. 
M.A., Kutztown University. 

His teaching interests include introductory psychology, career counseling, and organiza- 
tional psychology. He is also interested in counseling psychology, bio-behavioral health, 
and performance enhancement. He is the senior program developer at the Outreach Office 
of Program Development at Penn State University. 

Richard J. l\ishup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Delaware. 

His teaching interests are in experimental, neuropsychology and abnormal psychology. He 

is a staff psychologist at a local Veterans Administration hospital. 



Lebanon Valley College Psychology 139 



DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 

Many majors in religion or philosophy go on to advanced study in graduate or profes- 
sional schools and seminaries. Our graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in edu- 
cation, law, ministry and business. A major in religion or philosophy may be combined 
with a major or minor in another subject. 

Religion Program 

The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the religious 
dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various 
historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as well as to the 
diverse religious traditions of humankind. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion. 

Major: REL 1 10, 140, 201 or 202, 310; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and five addi- 
tional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 200-level courses and one in 300- 
level courses. (30 credits). 

Minor: REL 110, 140, 201 or 202; one course from 252, 253, 254, or 260; and two addi- 
tional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 credits). 

Note: To be credited for majors or minors in religion, cross-listed courses must be desig- 
nated as religion courses at registration. 

Courses in Religion (REL): 

110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a 
central human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge, 
religion in its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits. 

120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expression 
in America. 3 credits. 

130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary 
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; 
and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. [Cross-listed 
as Philosophy 130.] 

140. Encountering World Religions. This course examines the beliefs and practices of 
some of the world's major religious traditions and significant religious movements, 
focusing predominantly on non-Christian or non-European traditions. The course will 
be oriented topically (ritual, theology, etc.), geographically (India, the Middle East, 
etc.), or thematically (religion in the modem world, religious encounters in history, etc.). 
3 credits. 



140 Religion and Philosophy 2004-2005 Catalog 



160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both personal 
and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits. 

201. Biblical Literature 1. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the Old 
Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 credits. 

202. Biblical Literature II. A study of the New Testament and related literature, including 
its historical and social context. 3 credits. 

251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings 
and practices. 3 credits. 

252 . Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 252.] 

253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice 
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chinese 
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign 
studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 254.] 

255. Islam. This course will introduce students to the historical origins and development 
of Islam. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of society in 
China, India and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanctions for 
societal structures as well as opposing views. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including India, 
Egypt and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and formulating 
less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also explores a variety of 
theoretical approaches to myth. Foreign studies. 3 credits. 

310. History of Christian Thought. An examination of the history of Christianity and the 
development of Christian thought through the reading and discussion of primary works in 
Christian theology and philosophy. Writing process. 3 credits. 

313. The Search for Jesus. This course will examine ancient texts, contemporary 
commentaries, historical reconstructions, and artistic and literary depictions in its search 
for Jesus. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 141 




322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Sociology 322.] 

332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fiction, 
poetry and non-fiction. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

333. Religion and Film. This course will introduce students to the basic history of film and 
film studies. Writing process. Disciplinary persepctive. 3 credits. 

335. Religion, Homosexuality and Society. This course explores the history and con- 
temporary implications of living with gay/lesbian identity, the battle for civil protections, 
and the debate over the social consequences of sexual orientation research. Disciplinary 
perspectives. 3 credits. 

336. Contemporary Religious Thought. This course will trace the historical development of 
contemporary religious thought in the West, beginning with the period of the Enlightenment 
and extending into the present. 3 credits. 

337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of 
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines 
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of 
those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the 
early modem period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing process. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 337.] 



142 Religion and Philosophy 



2004-2005 Catalog 



342. Religion, Ethics and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising 
from modem science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary 
perspective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Philosophy 342.] 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the 
early modem period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. 
Topics include proofs for the existence of God, arguments conceming God's nature, the 
limits of reason and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as 
Philosophy 352.] 

353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the visual 
arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist and 
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreligious 
content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 
3 credits. [Cross-listed as Art 353.] 

Philosophy Program 

The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening 
critical and analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial 
questions of values, knowledge, and reality and their relation to human nature. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy. 

Major: PHL 120, 160, 300; either 301, 335 or 336; and six additional courses in philosophy. 
(30 credits). 

Minor: PHL 160, 300; either 301, 335 or 336; three additional courses in philosophy. (18 
credits). 

Note: To be credited for majors or minors in philosophy, cross-listed courses must be 
designated as philosophy courses at registration. 

Courses in Philosophy (PHL): 

110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the ways 

major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits. 

120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention 
is given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference and the logic of factual 
inquiry. Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements 
of symbolic logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits. 

130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary 
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture; 
and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. [Cross-list- 
ed as Religion 130.] 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 143 



140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from colo- 
nial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James and Dewey. 3 credits. 

160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, with 
an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits. 

215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues, 
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, law, 
government and religion. Writing process. 3 credits. 

220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories of 
government, ancient and modem, but especially since the 16th century. 3 credits. [Cross- 
listed as Pohtical Science 220.] 

252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo- 
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and 
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 252.] 

254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese 
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chinese 
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign 
studies. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 254.] 

260. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modem 
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility, 
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest and 
cost/benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable 
portion of the course is devoted to case analysis. 3 credits. 

300. History of Philosophy. The development of philosophical thought from the pre- 
Socratics through the 19th century, with emphasis on philosophy as a discipline of systemat- 
ic inquiry. Writing process. 3 credits. 

301. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal 
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits. 

336. 20th-century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British and 
Continental philosophers from 1900 to present. Writing process. 3 credits. 

337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of 
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines 
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of 
those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the 
early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing 
process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 337.] 



144 Religion and Philosophy ^ 2004-2005 Catalog 



342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising 
from modern science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary 
perspective. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 342.] 

349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral 
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and per- 
petrating the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. Writing process. 
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. 

352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early 
modem period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics 
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of 
reason and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as Religion 352.] 

Faculty 
Eric W. Bain-Selbo, associate professor of religion and philosophy. Chairperson. 
Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

He specializes in social and religious ethics. He has published or presented papers in the 
areas of religion and the family, educational theory. Holocaust studies, methods in the study 
of religion, and others. Interests include Asian philosophy/religion, colonialism and indige- 
nous cultures, and cross-cultural dialogue. He is the author of Mediating the Culture Wars 
(2003) and the forthcoming Judge and Be Judged: Moral Reflection in an Age of Relativism 
and Fundamentalism. 

Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and American studies. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 

His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the 

Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American studies, 

religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies and mysticism. 

John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy. 
Ph.D., Boston University. 

His teaching interests include philosophy of religion, metaphysics, and history of philoso- 
phy. He has published research in philosophy of perception. His current research concen- 
trates on Hegel and issues in science and religion. 

J. Noel Hubler, associate professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., The University of Pennsylvania. 

He specializes in philosophy of truth and knowledge, with an interest in both contemporary 

issues and historical perspectives. He has studied cosmology and theories of matter from 

antiquity to the modem period. He is also the translator of Ezekiel for the New English 

Translation of the Septuagint, Oxford University Press. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, assistant professor of religion and philosophy. 

Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

His area of specialization is in Continental philosophy of religion. He is also interested in 



Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 145 



the problem of evil and contemporary ethical theory. His teaching interests include 
Contemporary Religious Thought, World Religions, Biblical Literature, and Religion and 
Culture. He is the author of two books. Between Faith and Thought: An Essay on the 
Ontotheological Condition (2003) and In Search of a Non-Dogmatic Theology (2004). 

David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion. 

Ph.D., Temple University. 

A specialist in the history of Amercian religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses, 

including world religions, religion in America, and history of Christianity. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, professor emeritus of philosophy. 

M.A., University of Texas. 

He teaches a course on the Holocaust. 

Noelle Vahanian, adjunct instructor in philosophy. 
Ph.D., Syracuse University. 

Her area of specialization is at the crossoads of philosophical theology, Continental phi- 
losophy, and political theory. Her teaching interests include the history of philosophy, 
ethics, and philosophy and literature. She is the author of Theology, Language, and 
Desire: A Genealogy of the Will to Speak (2003). 



146 Religion and Philosophy 



2004-2005 Catalog 



SOCIAL SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Social Science in 
the secondary schools. The program includes three requu-ed components: the Social Science 
core, the secondary education core, and a major in psychology. Graduation requirements for 
this major are noted in this catalog under the department. There is no major in Social Science. 
Dr. Louis Manza is the coordinator of the Social Science Certification Program. 

Program Requirements: 

Social Science core courses: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, 180, 199, 245, 324, 346 and 360; 3 
credits at the 200-level or higher; one of the following lab courses: 325, 333, 347, 364, or 
379; one course from each of the following core areas: biopsychology: 280, 285, or 378; 
cognition: 250, 260, or 363; psychopathology: 265, 268, or 332; SOC 110, 120, 210, 230, 
240, and 362. (60 credits). 

Secondary Education core courses: EDU 110; SED 280, 430, 431, and 440. (22-24 cred- 
its). 

Students must conform to state guidelines that require another math and an English or 
American literature course in addition to the general education requirements. Students 
must apply to the certification program after completing at least 48 credits (including the 
math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point average and must maintain that average 
in order to be certified. 

Major courses: psychology. (40 credits). 




Lebanon Valley College 



Social Science Program 147 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 

Sociology Program 

The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examin- 
ing the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of 
themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and why people behave 
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is moving 
from a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to 
work in fields where an understanding of the dynamics of human relationships is important. 

Degree Requirements: 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology. 

Major: SOC 110, 311, 321, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding internships 
(33 credits). 

Minor: SOC 110, 311, 321; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships (18 
credits). 

Courses in Sociology (SOC): 

110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including the 
nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self and group dynamics. 
Specific topics include deviance and social control, racism, sexism and poverty. 3 credits. 

120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthropology 
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and comparison. 
3 credits. 

210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical 
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental 
exploitation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 

211. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From a 
multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the 
impact of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family 
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, conflict 
resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes a historical and cross-cultural 
perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

240. Diversity and Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help stu- 
dents become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is cultur- 
ally determined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly fre- 
quent intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural dif- 

148 Sociology ._ 2004-2005 Catalog 



ferences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and 
cross-cultural human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role- 
plays and games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the 
skills necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of 
any culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 

245. Crime and Criminals. An examination of different types of crime including a broad 
range of violent crimes and property crimes. Profiling and criminal typologies will be 
explored. Specific crimes such as arson, kidnapping, stalking, and homicide will be studied. 
Case studies of prototypical offenders will be included. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

251. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and skills 
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and 
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theory and 
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or 
counseling. 3 credits. 

252. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of 
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development 
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total 
person as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the develop- 
mental process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation 
and culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary 
issues related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement, 
stereotypes of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC 
110. 3 credits. 

271. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with 
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories 
of causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse 
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the 
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and 
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and 
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin- 
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural 
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental 

Lebanon Valley College Sociology 149 



sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually 
transmitted diseases, HIV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. 3 credits. 

311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically 
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics 
of research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire con- 
struction. Prerequisite: SOC 110, plus 9 credits of 200-level or above of sociology or 
permission. 3 credits. 

321. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and 
movements. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociology. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits. 

322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and 
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing 
process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. [Cross-listed as 
Religion 322.] 

324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health 
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the 
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will 
include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical 
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of health 
care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies and 
social response to the terminally ill patient. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior 
standing or permission. 3 credits. 

326. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the 
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and social 
situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health; 
issues of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education, 
and in the worlds of work and politics. Disciplinary perspective. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 
junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. The question of whether or not 
such victimless crimes such as pornography, prostitution and drug use should be consid- 
ered crimes is explored. This is primarily a theory course for sociology majors and/or 
declared criminal justice program students. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, jun- 
ior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

333. Criminaljustice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish- 
ment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, prisons, and the 
death penalty are studied. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 cred- 
its. 

340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small 
group organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective com- 



150 Sociology 2004-2005 Catalog 




munication in groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to prac- 
tical situations. Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

351. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues 
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying, 
the grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of structured 
inequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial and ethnic groups. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

370. Adoption. This course will focus on populations involved in adoption, including birth 
parents, adoptees, foster and adoptive families and agencies, in both domestic and transna- 
tional adoptions. Special consideration will be given to recent policies and vehicles that 
have been put into place to facilitate the permanency placement of children. A considera- 
tion of ethics in adoption will be a central theme of the course. An examination of cultur- 
al, economic and policy factors in countries involved in transnational adoption will be 
included. The health (both physical and psychological) and cultural issues of adoptees and 
services that address these will be addressed. 3 credits. 

382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and 
the effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, tel- 



Lebanon Valley College 



Sociology 151 



evision violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values 
and images portrayed by the mass media. Writing process. Prerequisite: 12 credits in 
sociology, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. 

499. Senior Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary soci- 
ology. Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive student 
participation. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits. 

Criminal Justice Program 

The chairs of the Sociology and the History and Political Science departments function 
as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 97 for information on this program. 

Faculty 

Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology. Chairperson. 
M.S.W., Temple University. 

Among her teaching interests are sociology of the family, adoption, intercultural commu- 
nication, and medical sociology. Her research interests include the development of a 
cross-cultural framework for medical care delivery, especially doctor-patient interactions. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. 

Ph.D., University of New Hampshire. 

Her areas of interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass 

media, and diversity. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques. 

Sharon Hall Raffield, associate professor of sociology. 

M.S.W., Washington University. 

Her areas of interest include social work practice with families, children and elders as well 

as policies that impact upon them. 

Daniel Simpkins, lecturer in sociology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

His teaching specialty is in the area of anthropology. 



152 Sociology 2004-2005 Catalog 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Lebanon Valley College offers four graduate programs. These are the Master of Business 
Administration (MB.A), the Master of Music Education (MME), the Master of Science 
Education (MSE), and the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) programs. 

The Master of Business Administration Program is a multi-disciplinary program 
designed to prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of busi- 
ness organizations. This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as oper- 
ational expertise in the areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource manage- 
ment, and operations management. 

The Master of Music Education Program is designed to be completed over 
the course of three summers. Addressing the graduate education needs of K-12 music 
teachers (the program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music), the 
curriculum includes experiences in foundations and principles of music education, research 
methods, music technology, and the psychology of music learning plus several elective 
choices. 

The Master of Science Education Program is designed primarily for elementary and mid- 
dle school teachers, teaching in kindergarten through eighth grades, who want to enhance 
their understanding of science principles as well as their ability to teach these concepts 
to their students. This program focuses on the "hands-on" or experiential learning of science. 
Teachers with minimal experience in science and the methodology necessary to teach sci- 
ence to their students, as well as those with a strong background in one area of science 
and desire to complement it with comparable understanding of the other sciences, will ben- 
efit from this program. 

The Doctor of Physical Therapy Program is a six-year program of study for students who 
will receive a preliminary baccalaureate degree in health science after four years of course 
work. 

Graduate Program Policies and Procedures 

Academic Advising and Registration 

Graduate students should meet with their academic advisors prior to class registration. 
The advisor will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require 
the advisor's signature. 

Veteran Registration 

The College meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title 
38, United States Code, Section 3675. The graduate programs have been approved for 
payment assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the 
College. Applicants having any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should con- 
tact the College's veterans' representative in the Financial Aid Office. 

Transfer Credit 

A maximum of 9 credits (a maximum of 6 core credits) may be transferred from anoth- 
er graduate program with the approval of the program director and the registrar. No trans- 
fer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B. 
Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used, 
and any reading materials, so proper credit may be given. 



Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 153 




Concurrent Courses 

A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at another 
educational institution without prior consent of the academic advisor and the registrar. 

Grading 

Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C and F. Candidates must maintain a grade 
point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program. 

In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but oth- 
erwise satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be completed in 
the first eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or I will be 
changed to F. 

W indicates withdrawal from a course through the designated withdrawal date. 
Thereafter, the appropriate letter grade will be assigned for the course. 

No graduate course may be taken pass/fail, except MSE 830 or MME 830, Research. 

Review Procedure 

Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic period 
by the academic advisor. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns a C or 
F in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student on academic 
probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic deficiencies and must 
achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being placed on probation. 
A student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with any given course being 
repeated only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies may be dropped from the 
program. A student may appeal any decision of the Office of Graduate Studies and 
Continuing Education to the vice president and dean of the faculty. 



154 Graduate Academic Programs 



2004-2005 Catalog 



Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund 

Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify 
the advisor in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student 
notifies the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying 
the instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official 
withdrawal date is available on the GS and CE webpages. 

Time Restriction 

The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the date 
of the admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this 
period shall have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional 
requirements in order to graduate. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dis- 
honesty will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course 
is mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program director in writing. 
A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the program director explaining the 
consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the course and 
expulsion from the graduate program and College are mandatory. 

Address Changes 

Any change of address must be reported to the Office of Graduate Studies and 
Continuing Education as soon as possible. A forwarding address should also be given to the 
U.S. Postal Service. 

Privacy of Student Records 

In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (PL. 39-380) 
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and 
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her 
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law. 

Financial Aid 

Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should 
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility. 

Employee Tuition Reimbursement 

Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places 
of employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50-100 
percent of tuition. Some employers authorize the College to bill them directly. In this case, 
students must present billing authorization when they register. 

Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission 

To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an official 
withdrawal form obtained from the academic advisor. To apply for readmission, a graduate 
student must have the written approval of the director for graduate studies and continuing 
education. 



Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 155 



MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines liberal 
arts studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The multi- 
disciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA-level courses along with 
exposure to courses in executive communications, executive leadership, and corporate and 
organizational ethics. 

MBA Admissions 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited college or 
university. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with the 
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test 
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any 
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or uni- 
versities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is required. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action usually will be taken within four 
weeks after all paperwork has been processed. 

Graduation Requirements 

A candidate for the MBA degree must complete a minimum of 36 credits, of which 27 
must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) 
and three electives of the student's choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A candidate 
must achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's within the 
36 graduate credits to be certified for graduation. 

Degree Requirements 

Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives. 
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in 
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully. 
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville campus. 

Degree: Master of Business Administration. 

Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 340, 361, 
383; ECN 101, 102; MAS 170 or: ECN 765; MGT 755, 780, 785 (can be combined with 
undergraduate core courses). 

Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27 
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; HIS 840; MGT 800, 850, 855, 870, 
880; special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits. 

MGT 755. Management and Marketing Principles. A review of management principles 
and marketing principles. Topics include: organizational theory, administrative techniques, 
marketing strategies, marketing research, buying behavior, selecting target markets, pricing, 
distributing and promoting products and services. 3 credits. 

156 Master of Business Administration 2004-2005 Catalog 




ECN 765. Economic Principles. A review of macroeconomic and microeconomic prin- 
ciples. Topics include: national income determination; price level; employment; economic 
growth; domestic and foreign monetary systems and policies; price, production and dis- 
tribution theories; welfare economics; and public policy. 3 credits. 

MGT 780. Accounting and Financial Management. Designed for students who need to 
understand how accounting data is recorded and used for decision-making inside and out- 
side of the firm, the relationship between the accounting and finance functions and financial 
management models used for corporate finance decisions. Topics include: recording finan- 
cial data and preparing financial statements, financial statement analysis, budgeting, cost 
control, relevant costs, capital budgeting and risk analysis, capital markets, valuation theo- 
ry and financial forecasting. 3 credits. 

MGT 785. Quantitative Methods and Statistics. A review of quantitative methods and 
elementary statistics used in modem management science and economics. Topics include: 
linear programming and applications, forecasting, inventory models, PERT/CPM, waiting 
line models, computer simulation, probability distributions and decision theory. 3 credits. 

MBA Courses: 

ACT 875. Managerial Decision Making. Provides students previously exposed to man- 
agerial accounting principles with the essential tools and strategies managers need to 
develop data for making decisions related to pricing strategy; product expansion, dis- 
continuance or redesign; performance measurement; resource allocation and management; 
merger and acquisition planning, and other types of managerial decisions. Stresses ways to 



Lebanon Valley College 



Master of Business Administration 157 



avoid mistakes that result when internal decision-making is based on data developed for 
external financial reporting. Business topics covered include financial statement analysis, 
responsibility accounting, Economic Value Added (EVA), and Activity Based Costing 
(ABC). 3 credits. 

ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and 
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding and actual 
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits. 

ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing 
writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and 
increases communication options on individual, group and organizational levels. (Must be 
one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.) 3 credits. 

MGT 840. American Business and Labor. An analysis of the history of American business 
and labor. The course is developed through a case study approach with a significant research 
component. 3 credits. 

LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the 
forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, and 
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information 
and experience to case studies. 3 credits. 

MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. Surveys mathematical foundations of management 
science. Topics include linear programming, transportation and assignment problems, 
decision and network analysis, stochastic processes, queuing and simulation. Introduces 
appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 

MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long term 
financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and marketplace. 
Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the use of 
The Wall Street Journal. 3 credits. 

MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay between 
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing research and 
the social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly recommended. 3 
credits. 

MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of production 
and service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations 
strategy, product and process planning, quality management, human resources, scheduling 
and control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foundations and 
quantitative techniques of management science/operations research (MS/OR), related 
MS/OR tools and applications, the priority/capacity organizational concepts and the 
strategy underlying operations. Introduces appropriate computer software. 3 credits. 



158 Master of Business Administration 2004-2005 Catalog 



I 



MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activities 
in organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human 
resource management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection, 
training, equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career plan- 
ning, compensation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings 
and classroom lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important to 
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations and 
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation, 
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions. 
Case study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 3 credits. 

MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and 
techniques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operational 
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through 
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultural 
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entry into 
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits. 

MGT 865. Health Care Administration. This course examines the dynamic health care 
environment, including federal and local government regulation, international and 
domestic market forces, demographic shifts, and the structural evolution of the indus- 
try. Develops techniques to identify and plan for change. 3 credits. 

MGT 870. Labor-Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the 
issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an overview 
of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with the tools used 
by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, wage/fringe issues and 
contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits. 

MGT 875. Healthcare Industry Trends and Analysis. The intent of this course will be to 
present an historical and contemporary ovei'view of the U.S. health care delivery system rel- 
ative to both public sector and private sector ventures and initiatives. The objectives of this 
course will be to explore the political, economic, and demographic issues associated with 
management and administration of U.S. health care. 3 credits. 

MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student with 
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor with 
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income 
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models of 
portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Special 
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital- 
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 159 



MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities, 
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies. 
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research 
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits. 

PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications 
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature 
of both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate and 
organizational social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and 
organizational life, and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or 
PS Y 810. 3 credits. 

PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in 
areas of organizational behavior, including motivation, group dynamics, leadership, 
decision making, organization change, career planning, and communication. 3 credits. 

MBA Administration and Resident Faculty 
Gayle L. Bolinger, assistant professor of accounting. 
M.S. in Management, Purdue University. 
Bolinger teaches accounting and managerial decision making. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, professor of English. 

M.B.A., Drexel University. 

Bongiovanni teaches executive communications. 

» 
Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration. 
M.J., Temple University. 
Kline teaches the special topics course E-business. 

Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration. 

M.B.A., Ohio State University. 

Leonard teaches organizational behavior. 

Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration. 

Ph. D., Union Graduate School. 

Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management. 



160 Master of Business Administration 2004-2005 Catalog 



MASTER OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

The Master of Music Education (MME) Program is designed to meet the regional 
needs of area K-12 music educators. It is a summer only program in which a student can, 
with careful advising, complete the degree in three summers. It is offered in response to a 
significant regional need met by on- and off-campus expertise and a shared interest in 
improving the quality of music education in this part of the Commonwealth. 

MME Admissions 

While prior teaching experience is not a requirement for entrance into this degree 
program, individuals considering pursuit of a master's degree in music education should 
plan on teaching one to three years prior to initial enrollment or before completing the 
degree. It is the conviction of this faculty that graduate study will be more meaningful to the 
individual if he or she has first gained experience in the field. 

All candidates must have a bachelor's degree in music from a regionally accredited col- 
lege or university and submit an official transcript with the application. Any graduate cours- 
es to be considered for transfer (up to nine credits, a maximum of 6 credits in the core) also 
require an official transcript sent by the respective colleges or universities to the Office of 
Graduate Studies and Continuing Education. Priority for core courses will be given to stu- 
dents matriculated into the MME program. 

All candidates must submit a current resume and a personal written statement (one page) 
indicating why they wish to pursue this degree with the application form and required 
application fee. 

All candidates must hold and submit a copy of a current Teaching Certificate in Music 
with the application, 

All candidates must submit three letters of recommendation with the application. 

Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken promptly after all paper- 
work has been evaluated. 

Degree Requirements 

Every MME candidate must complete 30 graduate credits, 21 of which must be earned at 
Lebanon Valley College. Of a possible 9 credits in transfer work, only 6 credits may be 
counted in the core of the MME program. There are four required core courses (12 cred- 
its) plus a weekly, non-credit-based seminar required during each summer that the student 
is enrolled. The capstone experience includes either a project or a thesis (3 credits). The 
other 15 credits will be selected from among several elective opportunities. Courses in the 
Lebanon Valley College MME Program are taught on the Annville campus. 

Degree: Master of Music in Music Education 

Core Courses: MME 800, 801, 802, 803, 804 (12 credits), and 805 (project) or 806 (thesis). 

MME Courses: 

MME 800. Seminar. A weekly meeting for all students to discuss various issues and topics. 

Participation is required each summer that the student is enrolled in the program. credits. 

MME 801. Foundations of Music Education. A consideration of philosophical and his- 
torical issues in music education and their implications for developing curricular and 
instructional approaches to the field. A core course. 3 credits. 

Lebanon Valley College Master of Music Education 161 



MME 802. Research Methods in Music Education. A study in the organization, presen- 
tation, interpretation, and documentation of research that makes use of encyclopedias, 
indices, databases, and other aids. 3 credits. 

MME 803. Technology for Music Educators. An exploration of how technology can 
enhance the music learning process. This course examines what's involved in planning, 
configuring, and teaching various technology systems and applications so as to facilitate 
creative interaction with musical experiences. 3 credits. 

MME 804. Psychology of Music Learning. An investigation and discussion of theories 
of learning as they relate to the teaching of music. This course includes the study of 
specific teaching strategies and the nature of musical response. 3 credits. 

MME 805. Project. 3 credits, or 

MME 806. Thesis. 3 credits. 

MME 830. Private Applied. 1 credit. (Up to a maximum of 3 elective credits in the program.) 

MME 890. Elective courses will be offered as special topics courses, then given perma- 
nent numbers as the program develops and matures (e.g., Teaching Choral Music, 
Teaching General Music, Teaching Instrumental Music, Theory for Teaching, Graduate 
Music History Seminar, Music in Early Childhood, Music and the Exceptional Child, 
Statistics for the Music Researcher, Conducting, Arranging [band scoring, choral arrang- 
ing, jazz arranging], and so forth). 

MME Administration and Resident Faculty 

Robert H. Hearson, professor of music, MME advisor. 
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Barry R. Hill, associate professor of music, director of the music recording technology 

program. 

M.M., New York University, additional graduate studies at The Pennsylvania State 

University. 

Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music, MME advisor. 
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Mark L. Mecham, professor of music, MME advisor. 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 

Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, director of music business, and assistant direc- 
tor of music recording technology. 
M.S., Kutztown University. 



162 Master of Music Education 2004-2005 Catalog 



MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of 
science as well as on the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these ideas to their stu- 
dents. All of the courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for doing science instead 
of merely learning about science. The program will culminate with the satisfactory comple- 
tion of a comprehensive examination and the production of a thesis in science education. 

MSE Admissions 

To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program, the applicant must 
fulfill the following requirements: 

• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution. 

• An applicant should have an undergraduate major in elementary education. Otherwise, 
applicants be considered for entrance after meeting with the MSE coordinator. 

• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four-point scale 
for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3.0 QPA may be admitted 

with provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six semester hours of graduate 
study with a 3.0 or above. 

• A maximum of nine semester hours (maximum of 6 core credits) of acceptable graduate 
credits completed at other institutions may be transferred and applied toward the Master 
of Science Education degree with approval of the registrar. Transfer credits must meet a 
grade of B or above. 

• An applicant must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergraduate 
institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from graduate 
courses must also be requested by the applicant. 

• An applicant will be reviewed by at least three members of the Science Education 
Master's Committee. 

Degree Requirements 

A candidate for the MSE degree must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 21 
must be earned at Lebanon Valley College. Only 6 credits may be transferred into the core. 
There are seven required core courses (21 credits), any electives of the student's choice (6 
credits), and a research thesis (3 credits), for a total of 30 credits. A candidate must achieve 
at least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for graduation. 

Degree: Master of Science Education. 

Graduate Core: MSE 800, 801, 802, 803, 811, 812, 829, 830 (24 credits) and two of the 
following: MSE 805, 806, 807, 814, 815, 816, 820 (6 credits). Total of 30 credits. 

MSE Courses: 

MSE 800. Science Education in the Elementary/ Middle School Classroom. This course 
serves as an introduction to the content and methodology of science instruction as it 
relates to hands-on, minds-on science process skills in the elementary and middle school 

Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 163 



classrooms. Setting the tone for the entire program, it makes clear to participants the basic 
format which will be followed by subsequent courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 801. Principles of Life Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This 
course addresses life science topics prevalent in virtually all science curricula as well as 
those set forth in the National Science Education Standards. Students will engage the use 
of scientific method to address topics typically taught in life science courses. 3 credits. 

MSE 802. Principles of Physical Science I for Elementary/ Middle School Teachers. 

This course will utilize concepts in chemistry to make connections to common substances. 
Establishing chemistry as an integral part of everyday life as well as discoveries made 
through serendipity will make this topic relevant to all students. 3 credits. 

MSE 803. Principles of Physical Science II for Elementary! Middle School Teachers. 

Students will utilize hands-on experimental methods to gain confidence and experience 
with inquiry-based learning of physics. Topics will include motion, heat, light, electricity 
and magnetism. 3 credits. 

MSE 805. Principles of Earih and Space Science for Elementary! Middle School 
Teachers. The interaction and effects of geology, meteorology and space exploration will 
be explored in this course. 3 credits. 

MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology! Ecology for Elementary!Middle School Teachers. 

Environmental studies illustrating the basic principles of field biology and ecology will be 
used to demonstrate the interdependence of living and nonliving systems. Current topics 
in ecology, as they relate to the preservation of our planet and its resources, will be 
addressed. This course will focus on the collection of data and/or organisms outside the 
classroom. Appropriate methods for elementary/middle school students will be utilized 
and practiced. 3 credits. 

MSE 807. Microscopy for Elementary! Middle School Teachers. This course will intro- 
duce the use of a variety of microscopes, starting with the hand-held microscopes and 
continuing through compound and dissecting microscopes. It culminates with the use of 
the scanning electron microscope. Students also will master preparative techniques and 
slide making. 3 credits. 

MSE 811. Curriculum Development Using the National Standards. Using the Standards 
in curriculum development, the classroom and other aspects of the public and private 
school systems will be the focus of this course. Alternative and authentic assessment, 
professional standards and current developments in science education will be taught with 
the elementary/middle school teacher and student in mind. 3 credits. 

MSE 812. Assessment in Science Teaching. A variety of assessment techniques, especially 
applicable to hands-on or experiential learning, will be presented. The focus will be on 
developing and adapting authentic assessment for all learners of science. 3 credits. 



164 Master of Science Education 2004-2005 Catalog 



MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from 
ancient through modem history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both 
sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the ele- 
mentary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits. 

MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modem concepts and recent advances in science 
will be studied through books, news magazines and newspapers. 3 credits. 

MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality science 
education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve problems and can 
function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among other areas of study, 
as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science and technology so they 
benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology will be discussed. 3 credits. 

MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics in ele- 
mentary/middle school education as they arise. A seminar course will permit special 
topics to be included in the course of study. In addition, certain transfer courses may be valid 
for degree accreditation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 credits. 

MSE 829. Research Methods. This course is designed to develop the understanding of the 
methods employed in planning and developing research in science. You will gain experience 
in generating ideas for research, critically evaluating literature, synthesizing and presenting 
results of research and writing in a clear and organized way. 3 credits. 

MSE 830. Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teaching of science in the 
elementary/middle school classroom will be researched with the approval of the student's 
adviser. The topic of research should be well documented in professional journals and 
studies. 3 credits. 

MSE 850. Independent Study. 1-6 credits. 

MSE Administration and Resident Faculty 
Michael A. Day, professor of physics. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Day teaches history of physics and summer independent studies. 

Candice Falger, coordinator of the MSE Program. 

M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College. 

Falger teaches science education in the classroom and field biology/ecology. 

Luke G. Huggins, assistant professor of biology. 
Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook. 
Huggins supervises research. 



Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 165 



Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. 
Ed.D., Lehigh University. 
Kline supervises research. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Laguna teaches research methods. 

Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Laguna teaches research methods and supervises research. 

Louis Manza, associate professor of psychology. 
Ph.D., City University of New York. 
Manza supervises research. 

Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry. 

Ph.D., Lehigh University. 

Patton supervises research and teaches summer seminar courses. 

Susan E. Verhoek, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Verhoek teaches plant seminar courses and supervises research. 

Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology. 
Ph.D., University of Delaware. 
Wolf supervises research. 

Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. 

Ph.D., University of Vermont. 

Wolfe teaches microscopy and supervises research. 



166 Master of Science Education 2004-2005 Catalog 



DOCTOR OF PHYSICAL THERAPY 

The physical therapy program consists of a six year program of study leading to a 
Doctor of Physical Therapy (D.P.T.) degree. Students receive a baccalaureate degree in 
health science after four years of coursework. See Health Science Program information on 
page 124. 

The program consists of two distinct phases: pre-physical therapy education (three 
years, or approximately 97 semester credit hours); and professional education (three 
years, approximately 108 semester credit hours). 

Degree: Doctor of Physical Therapy. 

Prerequisites: two semesters each of general biology, chemistry, and physics, upper level 
human anatomy and physiology, introductory psychology and sociology, and elementary 
statistics. 

Professional required courses: PHT 300, 310, 312, 402, 404, 412, 414, 416, 418, 420, 
430, 432, 450, 460, 710, 714, 716, 730, 734, 736, 738, 740, 742, 750, 752, 760, 762, 764, 
802, 830, 832, 836, 850, 860. 

PHT Courses: 

710. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation. An introduction to the basic con- 
versational and medical/technical vocabulary needed to communicate with Spanish- 
speaking patients. 2 credits. [Cross-Hsted as Spanish 211.] 

714. Advanced Neuroscience. Building on material learned in PHT 420, this course looks 
in more detail at neurophysiology and sensorimotor control, with application to what 
occurs in selected neurologic diseases. 2 credits. 

716. Health Promotion for Self and Society. Covers health and health promotion topics 
across the lifespan. Students will begin to identify community needs that would benefit 
from a physical therapy program of prevention, health promotion, wellness, and screen- 
ing services. 2 credits. 

730. Clinical Interventions II. A continuation of Clinical Interventions I. This course will 
examine edema and integumentary concerns, incontinence, and specific exercise techniques. 
4 credits. 

732. Musculoskeletal II. Second of a two course sequence providing an in-depth study 
of the evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of muscu- 
loskeletal pathology and injury. This course will build upon material studied in PHT 430 
and emphasize anatomical, biomechanical, and physiological factors relevant to mus- 
culoskeletal dysfunction. 3 credits. 

734. Cardiovascular/Pulmonary Physical Therapy. Examines the physical therapy 
management of individuals with cardiac and respiratory dysfunction. Particular attention 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 167 



is focused on exercise prescription, patient management in various clinical settings, current 
medical and surgical procedures, and guidelines and education for inpatient and outpatient 
rehabilitation. 4 credits. 

736. Neuromuscular Physical Therapy. Provides an examination of techniques used in 
the evaluation and treatment of persons with nervous system dysfunction. 4 credits. 

738. Geriatrics Physical Therapy. Presents the aging process in relation to pathokinesiology, 
the immune system, cardiopulmonary system, musculoskeletal system, neuromuscular 
function, and therapeutic intervention adaptation. 3 credits. 

740. Prosthetics and Orthotics. Provides a detailed examination of the physical therapy 
management of individuals requiring splinting or bracing, as well as individuals with 
amputations requiring prosthetic devices. 2 credits. 

742. Pharmacology in Rehabilitation. Provides a general introduction to pharmacological 
principles including basic pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Descriptions of 
general classes of medications and their impact and utilization in rehabilitation are 
stressed. 2 credits. 

750. Evidence Basedl Critical Inquiry II. The second in a series of a four-course sequence 
of critical inquiry /evidence-based physical therapy. In this course, the quantitative research 
process will be discussed in-depth. 2 credits. 

752. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry III. The third in a four-course sequence of critical 
inquiry /evidence-based physical therapy. In this course, the application of spreadsheets to 
collect and analyze data will be presented and used. 3 credit. 

760. Clinical Education and Practice II. A two-part course continuing the study of ethi- 
cal and legal issues encountered in the health care environment and other professional 
health care issues. Students are then placed in a second four-week, full-time clinical set- 
ting to practice patient examination, evaluation and therapeutic interventions for more 
complex musculoskeletal disorders, or cardiovascular and pulmonary disorders. 3 credits. 

762. Clinical Education and Practice III. A seven-week, full-time supervised clinical 
learning experience to provide students the opportunity to develop clinical competence in 
the physical therapy management of individuals in an ambulatory or inpatient environment. 
3 credits. 

764. Clinical Education and Practice IV. The second, seven-week supervised clinical 
learning experience where students continue to develop clinical competence in the manage- 
ment of various musculoskeletal, cardiovascular/pulmonary, integumentary, and neuro- 
muscular disorders. 3 credits. 

802. Physical Therapy Administration and Management. Examines current issues and 
trends in physical therapy clinical management. 4 credits. 

168 Doctor of Pysical Therapy 2004-2005 Catalog 



830. Neuromuscular Rehabilitation. Examines in detail the physiology of specific neuro- 
logic conditions, the resulting functional impairments, and the physical therapy management 
of persons presenting with these conditions. 5 credits. 

832. Pediatric Physical Therapy. Presents an introduction to the physical therapy man- 
agement of pediatric patients. Topics include normal motor development, and client 
examination, evaluation, and intervention aimed at improving function and limiting dis- 
ability. 3 credits. 

836. Differential Diagnosis. Designed to integrate the curricular content to date. In this 
capstone course, students will demonstrate differential diagnosis as it relates to autonomous 
practice in realistic clinical situations. 3 credits. 

850. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry FV. The final course in a four-part series designed 
to impart a foundational basis for critical inquiry activities. The final outcome of this four 
course series is the formal presentation of a case study. 3 credit. 

860. Clinical Education and Practice V. Final, full-time supervised clinical learning 
experience spanning sixteen weeks in a multidisciplinary care environment. Students will 
demonstrate patient management skills for pediatric or adult patients with complex medical 
diagnoses utilizing an evidence-based approach. 12 credits. 

DPT Administration and Resident Faculty 
Philip J. Blatt, assistant professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., University of Miami. 

He teaches neuromuscular physical therapy and neuromuscular rehabilitation. His 
research is focused on developing novel therapeutic approaches and investigating 
improvements in functional outcomes in patients with visual-spatial inattention or neglect. 

Stan M. Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., Hahnemann University. 

He teaches pathophysiology, advanced neuroscience and differential diagnosis. His 
research interests are related to motor control and interventions for neurodegenerative dis- 
eases. 

Marcia Epier, associate professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., Temple University. 

She teaches clinical examination, the musculoskeletal course series, and differential diag- 
nosis. Her research interests include clinical and functional outcome and orthoses effica- 
cy. Clinical practice areas include orthopedics and sports medicine. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education. 
M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical education 
course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders. 



Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 169 



Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. Chairperson. 

Ph.D. University of Iowa. 

He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research 

interests include outcome modeling using activity-based methodology and patient 

satisfaction. 

Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, and pharmacology. Her research interests 

include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors such as sodium 

appetite, conditioned taste aversion, and drug-induced avoidance. 

Penelope L. Samuelson, assistant professor of physical therapy. 

M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 

She teaches biomechanics and kinesiology and the clinical interventions course series. 

Her research interests include factors affecting patient satisfaction and instruction of 

injury prevention, and outcome data analysis. 

Timothy Kauffman, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
Ph.D., LaSalle University. 

David Patrick, MSPT, CPO, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 

Jeffrey Rothman, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
Ed.D., Rutgers University. 

Ted Yanchuleff, adjunct professor of physical therapy. 
M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University. 



170 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2004-2005 Catalog 



DIRECTORY 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE 

Ojficers 

William Lehr, Jr Chairperson 

Edward H. Arnold Vice Chairperson 

Katherine J. Bishop Vice Chairperson 

Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary 

Karin L. Right-Nolan Assistant Secretary 

Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer 

Darwin G. Click '58 Assistant Treasurer 

Trustees 
Kristen R. Angstadt '74, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Psychologist/Supervisor of Pupil Services, 
Capital Area Intermediate Unit #15 (2007). 

Edward H. Arnold, B.A., L.H.D.; Chairman, C.E.O. and President, Arnold Logistics 
(2005). 

Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon SFA Board Corporation (2006). 

Edward D. Breen, B.S.; Chairman and C.E.O., Tyco Electronics (beginning October 
2004) (2007). 

Marie Bongiovanni, B.A., M.B.A., M.L.A.; Professor of English and Chair, Lebanon 
Valley College (2007). 

Greg J. Couturier, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2006). 

Rev. Alfred T. Day III, B.A., M.D.; Senior Pastor of the First United Methodist Church, 
Germantown, Pa. (2007). 

Wesley T. Dellinger, CRS, GRI, CSP, '75, B.S.; Realtor, Brownstone Real Estate Company 
(2006). 

Ronald J. Dmevich, B.S.; President, Gannett Fleming Inc. (2005). 

Scott H. Eggert, B.F.A., M.A., D.M.A.; Professor of Music, Lebanon Valley College (2005). 

Darwin G. Glick '58, B.S.; Retired President, Glick, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. (2005). 

Stacy Goodman, B.S., Ph.D.; Associate Professor of Biology, Lebanon Valley College 
(2005). 

Lebanon Valley College Directory 171 




Gary Grieve-Carlson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Acting Vice President for Academic Affairs and 
Dean of the Faculty, Professor of English, Director of General Education, Lebanon Valley 
College (2006). 

Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc. 
(2005). 

John F. Jurasits Jr., B.S.; Retired Vice President, Solution Technologies, Inc. (2006). 

F. Obai Kabia '73, B.S., M.P.A.; Political Affairs Officer (2007). 

Malcolm L. Lazin '65, B.S., J.D.; Executive Director of PrideFest America (2005). 

William Lehr Jr., B.B.A, J.D.; Community Volunteer, Retired Senior Vice President and 
Secretary, Hershey Foods Corp. (2005). 

Stephen C. MacDonald, B.A., Ph.D.; Acting President, Lebanon Valley College. 

James M. Mead, B.S., M.A.; President and CEO, Capital Blue Cross (2006). 

James A. Mitchell Jr. '58, B.S., M.B.A.; Retired Corporate Insurance Manager, E.I. 
DuPont de Nemours & Co. (2007). 



172 Directory 



2004-2005 Catalog 



Lauren C. Nickey; Student, Lebanon Valley College (2005). 

John S. Oyler, A.B., J.D.; Partner, McNees Wallace & Nurick, LLC (2006). 

Thomas E. Phihps, B.A., M.B.A.; Retired Senior Resident Vice President Merrill Lynch 
Central Penn Complex (2007). 

George M. Reider Jr. '63; Retired Insurance Executive and Former Insurance 
Commissioner, State of Connecticut; Retired Teacher, University of Connecticut and 
Fordham University of Law (2007). 

Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S. L.H.D.; Owner/ President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (2005). 

Richard T. Reynolds, B.S.; President, Reynolds Construction Management, Inc. (2005). 

Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S.; President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (2007). 

Elyse E. Rogers '76, B.A., J.D.; Attorney, Keefer Wood Allen & Rahal, LLP (2006). 

Frank Sourbeer '72, B.A.; President & C.E.O., Wilsbach Distributors, Inc. (2006). 

Albertine R Washington, B.A., P.D.; Retired Elementary Educator, Lebanon School 
District (2007). 

J. Dennis WilHams, B.A., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired United Methodist Clergyman; 
Senior Pastor, St. John's United Methodist Church (2006). 

Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (2005). 

Harry B. Yost Esq. '62, B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Attorney, Senior Partner, Appel & Yost, LLP 
(2006). 

Emeriti 
Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer. 

Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., L.H.D.; Retired Senior Vice President, E.I. DuPont 
de Nemours & Co. 

Eugene C. Fish Esq., B.S., J.D., L.H.D.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries, 
Inc.; Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika, 
Fish and Scheckter. 

Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S.; Retired Owner/ President, CIB, Inc. 

Martin L. Gluntz '53, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Services, 
Hershey International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation. 

Lebanon Valley College Directory 173 



Thomas W. Guinivan '39, A.B., M.Div., M.S.T., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist 
Church. 

Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive. 

Gerald D. Kauffman '44, A.B., M.Div., D.D., Ojficer of the Courts, County of 
Cumberland; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church, Carlisle. 

Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.B.A.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Ellicott Machine 
Corporation. 

Harold S. Peiffer '42, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc. 

Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Airlines. 

F. Allen Rutherford Jr. '37, B.S., LL.D.; Retired Ernst & Young C.P.A. 

Daniel L. Shearer '38, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church. 

Morton Spector, L.H.D.; Chairman of the Board, Design House Kitchens and Appliances. 
Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.Sci.; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism 
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute. 

John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; Retired President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common 
Pleas; Associate, Kreamer Funeral Home, Inc. 

Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy, 
Inc. 

E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor. 

Honorary 
Suzanne H. Arnold, L.H.D.; Community Leader and Philanthropist. 

Bishop Neil L. Irons, B.A., M.A., M.Div., Ph.D., D.D.; Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg 
Area of The United Methodist Church. 

Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, D & E 
Communications, Inc. 

Bishop Peter D. Weaver, B.A., M.Div., Ph.D., D.D., L.H.D.; Resident Bishop of the 
Philadelphia Area of The United Methodist Church. 



174 Directory 2004-2005 Catalog 



ADMINISTRATION 

President 
Stephen C. MacDonald, 1998-; Acting President, Professor of Humanities. B.A., Tufts 
University, 1969; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1977. 

Karin L. Right-Nolan, 1994-; Executive Assistant to the President, 2002-; B.A., Allegheny 
College, 1994. 

General College Officers 
Deborah R. Fullam, 1982-; Vice President and Controller, 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1981; M.B. A., Philadelphia University, 1988. 

Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990-; Acting Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the 
Faculty, Director of General Education, Professor of English. B.A., Bates College, 1977; 
M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988. 

Robert E. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-. A.B., Messiah 
College, 1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1972. 

Anne M. Berry, 2000-; Vice President for Advancement, 2000-. A.B., Franklin & Marshall 
College, 1977. 

Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988-; Vice President of Information Technology Services, 
1995-. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976. 

Gregory G. Stanson, 1966-; Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services, 1991-. 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.Ed., University of Toledo, 1966. 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 

Academic 
Gary Grieve-Carlson, Acting Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty. 

Nancy J. Aumann, 2003-; Director of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education, 2003-. 
Adjunct Associate Professor of History, 2003-. B.A., Hope College, 1968; M.A., University 
of Wisconsin-Madison, 1970; Ph.D., 1982. 

Karen Diener Best, 1990-; Registrar, 1990-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1989; M.P.A., The 
Pennsylvania State Unversity, 1999. 

Crista A. Detweiler, 2002-; Assistant to the Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art 
Gallery, 2002-. B.A., Shippensburg University, 1992; M.A., University of Maryland, 
2002. 

Timothy M. Dewald, 1989-; Coordinator of Academic Advising and Community 
Programming, 2001-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1970; M.Div., Andover Newton 
Theological School, 1975. 

Lebanon Valley College Adminstration 175 



Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-; Associate Dean of the Faculty, Associate Professor of 
Psychology. B.S., Tennessee Technological University, 1985; M.S., Memphis State 
University, 1988; Ph.D., 1992. 

John C. Donohue, 2003-; Assistant Director of Media Services, 2003-. B.M., Lebanon 
Valley College, 2000. 

Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of 
Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., 
University of Oklahoma, 1981. 

Yvonne M. Foster, 2003-; Coordinator of Disability Services, 2003-. B.S., Millersville 
University, 1992; M.S., 1995; M.S., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, 2001. 

Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-. B.A., University 
of Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern 
Connecticut State University, 1984. 

Andrew S. Greene, 1990-; Director of Media Services, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown University, 
1990. 

Julia L. Harvey, 1998-; Technical Services Librarian. A.A., Cottey College, 1977; B.A., 
Cedar Crest College, 1979; M.S. (Library Science) Drexel University, 1981; M.A. 
(Educational Administration) Rider University, 1990. 

Shirley Hockley, 1996-; Director, Annville Continuing Education, 2001 -. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1980; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1994. 

Marcus Home, 1992-; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste 
Materials Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992. 

Patricia A. Kaley, 1 987-; Associate Registrar, 2000-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1996. 

Donna L. Miller, 1986-; Readers' Service Librarian, 1986-. B.S., Millersville University, 
1984; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986. 

P. Robert Paustian, 1991-; Librarian, 1991-. B.A., University of Missouri, 1971; M.A., 
University of Kansas, 1975; M.A., University of Missouri, 1979. 

John J. Peck O.S.B., 1999-; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1999-. Saint Vincent College and 
Seminary; Franciscan University. 

Jill Russell, 2001-; Study Abroad Advisor, 2001-. B.S., University of New Hampshire, 
1993; M.S., University of Victoria, 1999. 

Scott A. Schweigert, 2002-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and Assistant 
Professor of Art. B.A., Dickinson College, 1992; M.A., The George Washington University, 
1996. 



176 Administration ^ 2004-2005 Catalog 



Susan Szydlowski, 1995-; Director of Special Music Programs, 1995-. B.A., Colby 
College, 1996. 

D. Darrell Woomer, 1992-; Chaplain, 1992-. B.A., Juniata College, 1964; M.Div., 
Pittsburgh Theological Seminary, 1969; Th.M., 1972; M.A., Duquesne University, 1986; 
Ph.D., 1996. 

Enrollment and Student Services 

Gregory G. Stanson, Vice President for Enrollment and Student Services. 

Valerie G. Angeli, 2003-; Staff Nurse, 2003-. B.S.N., Lebanon Valley College, 1982; R.N., 
Diploma, Geisinger Medical Center School of Nursing, 1982. 

Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Dorothy A. Brehm, 1993-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2003-. B.S., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1976. 

William J. Brown Jr., 1980-; Dean of Admission and Financial Aid, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1979; M.B.A., Philadelphia University, 1988. 

Vicki J. Cantrell, 1991-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 

Tchet D. Dorman, 2002-; Director of Multi-Cultural Affairs, 2002-. B.A., Oberlin College, 
1987; M.A., Temple University, 1993. 

Jennifer Dawson Evans, 1991-; Director of Student Activities and the College Center, 
1995-. B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991. 

Chris M. Firestine, 2000-; Assistant Director of Admissions, 2003-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 

Sharon Givler, 2003-; Interim Director of Career Services, 2003-. B.A., Geneva College, 
1974; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1984. 

Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Senior Assistant Director of Admission, 2001-. B.S. in Ed., 
Millersville University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966. 

Julie A. Gordon-Dueck, 1997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997- ; B.A., Fresno Pacific 
College, 1985; M.A., Ph.D., California School/ Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993. 

John T. Hower, 1988-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1970; 
M.A., Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

Lynda Hower, 1993-; Therapist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1992. 

Eugene R. Kelly, 2004- ; Assistant Director of Student Activities and Student Development, 
2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2001; M.S., West Chester University, 2003. 

Keo Oura Kounlavong, 2002-; Admission Counselor, 2002-; B.A., Ursinus College, 2000. 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 177 



Jason A. Kuntz, 2000—; Assistant Director of Residential Life, 2000-. B.A., Baldwin- 
Wallace College, 1996; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1998. 

Jennifer S. Liedtka, 1994-1997; 2000-; Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1992; M.B.A., 2000. 

Robert K. Nielsen, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975. 

AlanT. Paynter, 200 1-; Admission Counselor, 2001-. B.S. Ed., Kutztown University, 1997. 

Amy Ricedorf, 2004-; Resident Director, 2004-. B.S., Towson University, 2004. 

Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Director of Admission, 2001 -. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992; 
M.Ed., Temple University, 1999. 

Erin N. Sanno, 2001-; Assistant Director Admission, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998. 

Tara L. Seeman, 2002-; Area Coordinator/Program Assistant, 2002-. B.S., University of 
Pittsburgh, 2000; M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2002. 

Sarah L. Smith, 2004-; Admission Counselor, 2004-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 2004. 

Angela Strickler, 1998-; Therapist, 1998-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989; M.S.W., 
Temple University, 1994. 

Jonathan D. Wescott, 2000-; Director of Residential Life, 2000-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1993; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1997. 

Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-. 
R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963. 

Rosemary Yuhas, 197 3-; Dean of Student Services, 1991-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970. 

Advancement 
Anne M. Berry, Vice President for Advancement. 

Kristy A. Adams, 1999-; Webmaster, 1999-. B.S., Drexel University, 1995. 

Shanna G. Adler, 1992-; Development Associate, 1998-. B.S., Bucknell University, 1992. 

Kelly A. Alsedek, 1998-; Associate Director of College Relations/ Director of Publications, 
2002-. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1971. 

Susan K. Borelli, 1990-; Assistant Director of Major Gifts, 2003. B.A., Albright College, 
1989; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2002. 

Jessica L. Bostdorf, 2000-; Director of Leadership Giving, 2004. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999. 

Jasmine A. Bucher, 2001-; Director of Campaign Communications, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1997; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 2004. 

178 Administration 2004-2005 Catalog 



Lauren McCartney Cusick, 2002-; Director of Media Relations, 2002-. B.A., University 
of Massachusetts at Amherst, 1971; M.A., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 
1974. 

Jamie N. Deck, 2004-; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 2004-. B.A., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 2001. 

Mattia S. Guinivan, 1999- ; Director of Prospect Research, 1999-. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1972. 

Thomas M. Hanrahan, 1997-; Director of College Relations, 1999-. B.A., East 
Stroudsburg University, 1990; M.Ed., 1992; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 
2004. 

Carolyn A. Lauver, 1992-; Director of Major Gifts, 200 1-; B.Mus., College Misericordia, 
1963. 

Ann Hess Myers, 1998-; Director of Alumni Programs, 1998-. B.A., Kenyon College, 1979. 

Alexandra J. Ritter, 2001-; Director of Advancement Special Events, 2001-. B.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1999. 

Braden A. Snyder, 2002-; Sports Information Director, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2000. 

Deborah B. Wescott, 2000-; Associate Director of Alumni Programs, 2003-. B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1995; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1998. 

Jeffrey E. Zufelt, 2001-; Director of Development, 2001-; B.S., Syracuse University, 1979. 



Financial Affairs 
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller 

Ben D. Oreskovich, 1994-; Associate Controller, 1999-. A.S., Danville Area Community 
College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Dana K. Lesher, 1990-; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville 
University, 1977. 

Carrie Skovrinskie, 2004-; Director of Student Accounts, 2004-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1998; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 2001. 

Information Technology Services 
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Information Technology Services. 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 179 



Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Information Management Services, 1986-. B.S., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1977. 

Angela D. Edris, 2000-; Database Specialist, 2000-. B.S., Geneva College, 1992. 

Todd M. Gamble, 1998-; PC Support Specialist, 1998-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1998. 

Kent A. Harshman, 2002-; Database Analyst/Programmer, 2002-. B.S., Lock Haven 
University, 1980. 

David W. Shapiro, 2000-; Unix/Windows System Administrator, 2000-. B.A., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1999. 

Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 197 1-; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967. 

Michael C. Zeigler, 1990-; Director of Client Services, 1990-. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1979; M.Ed., 1995. 

Administrative Affairs 
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration. 

John R. Becker, 2002-; Director of Facilities Services, 2002-. 

Robert E. Hamish, 1967-; Manager of the College Store, 1967-. B.A., Randolph Macon 
College, 1966. 

Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-. 

Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Building Maintenance, 1994-. 

Debra Smolnik, 2003-; Director of Human Resources, 2003-. B.S., Alvernia College, 
2001. 

Kathleen Tiemey, 1983-2000; Director of Athletics, 2001-. B.S., State University of New 
York at Brockport, 1979. 

Robert Wildasin, 2002-; Assistant Manager of the College Store, 2002-. B.A., Lafayette 
College, 2002. 

Kevin R. Yeiser, 1982-; Director of Grounds, 1982-. 

Allen R. Yingst, 1989-; Director of Public Safety, 1990-. 

Athletics 
Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Assistant Director of Athletics, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992. 

Joseph E. Buehler III, 2004-; Assistant Football Coach, 2004-. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1989. 



180 Administration 2004-2005 Catalog 



Keith Evans, 1992; Head Baseball Coach, 2003-. B.S., California University of 
Pennsylvania, 1990. 

Lauren N. Frankford, 2002-; Assistant Soccer Coordinator, Assistant Women 's Basketball 
Coach, 2002-. B.A., Gettysburg College, 2000. 

Mary M. Gardner, 1994-; Aquatic Director, Head Swim Coach, 1997-. B.A., Gettysburg 
College, 1977; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Judd Groff, 200 3-; Assistant Athletic Trainer, 2003-. B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1996; 
M.Ed., Millersville University, 2002. 

Stacey L. HoUinger, 1998-; Head Softball Coach, 1998-; Assistant Field Hockey Coach, 
1998-; Coordinator of Summer Camps, 2002-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989. 

Peg A. Kauffman, 1993-; Head Women's Basketball Coach, 1993-; Assistant Athletic 
Director, 2001-; B.A., Millersville University, 1987; M.Ed, 1991. 

Allan G. MacCormack, 1997-; Head Ice Hockey Coach, 1997-; Director of Physical 
Education Program, 1998-. B.S., St. Lawrence University, 1974; M.S., Ithaca College, 1975. 

Laurel Martin, 200 1-; Head Field Hockey Coach, 200 1-. B.S., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1991. 

Brad F. McAlester, 1994-; Head Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-; B.A., Southampton 
College of Long Island University, 1975. 

James P. Monos Jr., 2004-; Head Football Coach, 1986-1996; 2004-. B.S., Shippensburg 
State College, 1972; M.Ed., Western Maryland College, 1978. 

Cliff Myers, 1994-; Head Tennis Coach, 1994-. 

Wayne Perry, 1987-; Head Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978. 

Mark J. Pulisic, 1993-; Head Soccer Coach, 1993-98; Soccer Coordinator, Head Men's 
and Women's Coach, 1998-; B.S., George Mason University, 1991. 

O. Kent Reed, 1971-; Head Men's Track and Field Coach, Men's and Women's Cross- 
Country Coach, 197 1~. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 
1970. 

Brian Todd Smith, 1 998-; Assistant Football Coach, 1998-. B.A., Mansfield University, 1989. 

Louis A. Sorrentino, Golf Coach, 1989-; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1954; M.S., 
Bucknell University, 1961. 

James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S., Lock Haven University, 1983; 
M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986. 



Lebanon Valley College Administration 181 



FACULTY 

Active 

Barbara J. Anderman, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Department 
of Art. M.A., University of St. Andrews, Scotland, 1971; M.A., Rutgers University, 1994; 
Ph.D., 2000. 

Sharon O. Arnold, 1986-; Associate Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the 
Department of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron, 1964; M.A., 1967; M.S.W., Temple 
University, 1994. 

Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg University, 1972; 
M.Ed. (Elementary Education), 1973; M.Ed. (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., Temple 
University, 1987. 

Eric Bain-Selbo, 1997~; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. Chairperson of 
the Department of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of Tennessee, 1987; M.A., 
Miami University (Ohio), 1988; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1997. (On leave. Spring 
2005.) 

Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; M.A., 
Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. 

Philip J. Blatt, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Kean 
College/University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, 1990; Ph.D., University of 
Miami, 2003. 

Gayle L. Bolinger, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Accounting, 2002-; B.A., Purdue 
University, 1973; M.S., 1976. 

Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Professor of English. Chairperson of the Department of 
English. B.A., Temple University, 1977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982; M.L.A., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1996. 

Donald C. Boone, 1988-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Michigan 
State University, 1964; M.B. A., 1966. 

Jean-Marc Braem, 2002-; Assistant Professor of French. Licence, Universite Libre de 
Bruxelles, 1980; M.A., Princeton University, 1985; Ph.D., 1989. 

Christopher Brazfield, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Reed 
College, 1993; M.S., University of Oregon, 1995; Ph.D., 1999. 

J. Patrick Brewer, 1997-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Northern 
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997. (On leave. 
Spring 2005.) 

James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.A., 
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. 

Delores J. Buttry, 2003-; Assistant Professor of French and German. B.A., Illinois State 
University, 1967; M.A., Middlebury College, in conjunction with Johannes Gutenberg 
Universitdt, Mainz, Germany, 1969; M.A., Illinois State University, 1972; Ph.D., 1978; 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1997. 



182 Faculty 2004-2005 Catalog 



Donald E. Byrne Jr., 1971—; Professor of Religion and American Studies. B.A., St. Paul 
Seminary, 1963; M.A., Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., Duke University, 1972. 

William F. Byrne, 2004-; Lecturer in Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 
1985; M.B.A., George Mason University, 1992; M.A., The Catholic University of 
America, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. 

Stan M. Dacko, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. B.A., Rutgers 
University, 1974; M.S., Boston University, 1983; Ph.D., Hahnemann University, 1997. 

Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 1975, 
Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philosophy); M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Nebraska (Physics). 

Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State 
University, 1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992; 
D.M.A., 1996. (On leave. Fall 2004.) 

Marcia Epler, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. B.A., Ithaca College, 
1973; B.S., 1975; M.Ed., Temple University, 1981; Ph.D., 1996. 

Scott H. Eggert, 1983-; Professor of Music. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 
1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Dale J. Erskine, 1983- ; Professor of Biology. Chairperson of the Department of Biology. 
Director of the Youth Scholars Institute. B.A., University of Maine at Portland, 1974; 
M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 
1981. 

Michael D. Fry, 1983- ; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate Heart 
College, 1975; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1980. 

Claudia C. Gazsi, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. Academic Coordinator 
of Clinical Education. B.S., West Virginia University, 1981; M.H.A., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 2000. 

Cheryl George, 1998-; Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Texas Christian 
University, 1984; M.Ed., University of North Texas, 1988; Ph.D., 1993. 

Stacy A. Goodman, 1996-; Asssociate Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College, 
1991; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. 

Lee Ann Grisolano, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Iowa, 
1990; Ph.D., 1996. 

Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. B.A., Central Michigan University, 
1969; M.A., University of New Hampshire, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

Marc A. Harris, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of Arizona, 
1994; Ph.D., University of Nevada at Reno, 1999. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 183 



Bryan V. Hearsey, 197 1-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington 
State College, 1964; M.A., Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 

Robert H. Hearson, 1986-; Professor of Music. B.Music, University of Iowa, 1964; M.A., 
1965; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1983. 

John H. Heffner, 1972-; Professor of Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1968; 
B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., 1976; M.A.R., Lancaster Theological 
Seminary, 2002. 

Barry R. Hill, 1993-; Associate Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording 
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at 
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996. (On leave. Fall 2004.) 

John H. Hinshaw, 2000-; Associate Professor of History. Acting Chairperson of the 
Department of History and Political Science. B.A., Macalester College, 1985; M.A., 
Carnegie Mellon University, 1988; Ph.D., 1995. 

J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University 
of Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995. 

Luke G. Huggins, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Albright College, 1988; M.S., 
University of Delaware, 1991; Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook, 1999. 

Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of 
Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1982. 

Diane M. Iglesias, 1976-; Professor of Spanish. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974; 
Ph.D., City University of New York, 1979. 

Diane E. Johnson, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Pepperdine 
University, 1980; M.A., California State University, Fresno, 1983; M.A., 1993; M.A., 
University of California, Santa Barbara, 1999; Ph.D., 2003. 

Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991-; Lecturer in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1987. 

John R Kearney, 197 1-; Professor of English. B.A., St. Benedict's College, 1962; M.A., 
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Donald E. Kline, 1997-; Associate Professor of Education. Acting Chairperson of the 
Department of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1966; M.Ed., Millersville 
University, 1975; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; Ed.D., Lehigh University, 
1990. 

Joel A. Kline, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Acting Director of 
the Digital Communications Program. A.S., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1985; 
B.S., B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.J.P.R.A., Temple University, 2002. 



184 Faculty 2004-2005 Catalog 



Kathleen Kolbet, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A. (Chemistry), B.S. 
(Mathematics), Gonzaga University, 1993; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1999. 

Barry X. Kuhle, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., State University of New 
York at Binghamton, 1997; Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin, 2002. 

Walter Labonte, 1992-; Instructor in English. Director of Writing Center. B.S., 
Northeastern University, 1968; M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984. 

Kerrie D. Laguna, 1997-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1990; B.Ed., 1991; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997. 
(On leave, Spring 2005.) 

Louis B. Laguna, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1990; M.S., Millersville University of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.A., University of 
Nebraska, 1995; Ph.D., 1998. 

Mary L. Lemons, 1996-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., University of Illinois at 
Urbana-Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1998. 

Robert W. Leonard, 1988-; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Ohio University, 
1977; M.A., St. Francis School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio State 
University, 1986. 

Rebecca C. Lister, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., James Madison University, 
1988; M.M., Florida State University, 1992; D.M., 1997. 

David W. Lyons, 2000-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Davidson 
College, 1981; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1996. 

Tia Malkin-Fontecchio, 2002-; Assistant Professor of History. B.A., University of 
California at Berkeley, 1994; M.A., Brown University, 1996; Ph.D., 2003. 

Louis Manza, 199 5-; Associate Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the Department 
of Psychology. B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., Brooklyn 
College, 1991; M.Phil., City University of New York, 1991; Ph.D., 1992. 

Leon E. Markowicz, 1971-; Professor of Business Administration. A.B., Duquesne 
University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972; M.A., Antioch 
University, 1998. 

G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; M.A., 
University of Chicago, 1977; M. FA., University of Kansas, 1982. 

Raymond A. Maynard, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., University of 
Sussex, 1987; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1992; Ph.D., 2000. 

Rebecca McCoy, 1998-; Associate Professor of History. A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 
1975; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1992. (On leave. Fall 2004.) 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 185 



Mark L. Mecham, 1990-; Clark and Edna Carmean Distinguished Professor of Music. 
Chairperson of the Department of Music. B.M., University of Utah, 1976; M.M., 1978; 
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1985. 

Marie Mielgo-Castro, 2004-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of Leon, 
1993; M.A., Exeter University, 1994. 

Jane Mikoni, 2003-; Lecturer in English. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1995; M.A., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1997. 

Owen A. Moe Jr., 1973-; Vernon and Doris Bishop Distinguished Professor of Chemistry. 
Chairperson of the Department of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf's College, 1966; Ph.D., 
Purdue University, 1971. 

Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music. B.Mus., University of 
Missouri -Kansas City, 1985; M.M., 1986; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1990. 

Roger M. Nelson, 2002- ; Professor of Physical Therapy. Chairperson of the Department 
of Physical Therapy. Certificate in Physical Therapy, 1965; M.S., Boston University, 
1971; Ph.D., The University of Iowa, 1981. 

Renee Lapp Norris, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., West Chester University, 
1991; M.M., University of Maryland, 1994; Ph.D., 2001. 

John D. Norton, 1971-; Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965; 
M.A., Florida State University, 1967; Ph.D., American University, 1973. 

Walter A. Patton, 1 999-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Susquehanna University, 
1988; Ph.D., Lehigh University, 1993. 

Neil Perry, 2004- ; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.B., La Trobe University, 1993; 
M.C., University of Melbourne, 1995. 

Mary K. Pettice, 1994-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan 
University, 1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M.A. 1986; Ph.D., University of 
Houston, 1994. 

Michael Pittari, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A., University of Florida, 1989, 
M.F.A., University of Tennessee, 1995. 

Sidney Pollack, 1976-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

Kevin B. Pry, 1991-; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1976; 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984. 

Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., Southern 
Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School, 1982. (On 
leave. Spring 2005.) 

186 Faculty 2004-2005 Catalog 



Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Wheaton College, 
1 963; M.S. W., Washington University, 1967. 

O. Kent Reed, 1971-; Associate Professor of Physical Education. B.S., Otterbein College, 
1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970. 

Jeffrey J. Ritchie, 2002-; Assistant Professor of English and Digital Communications. 
B.S. andB.A., Indiana University, 1989; M.A., University of South Carolina, 1993; M.Ed., 
Arizona State University, 1998; Ph.D., 2000. 

Jeffrey W. Robbins, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., Baylor 
University, 1994; M.Div., Texas Christian University, 1997; M.Phil., Syracuse University, 
1999; Ph.D., 2001. 

Catherine Romognola, 2004-; Assistant Professor of English. B.S., University of Florida, 
1991; M.A., University of Maryland, 1997; Ph.D., 2003. 

Victoria Rose, 2003-; Instructor in Music. B.M., Peabody Conservatory of the Johns 
Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994. 

Stacey A. Ruch, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Seton Hall 
University, 1989; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 2000. 

Penelope L. Samuelson, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University 
of Pennsylvania, 1975; M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1988. 

Gail A. Sanderson, 1983- ; Associate Professor of Accounting. Acting Chairperson of the 
Department of Business and Economics. B.A., Hobart and William Smith Colleges, 1970; 
M.B.A., Boston University, 1977. 

Jeffrey R. Savage, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Colorado, 
1994; M.M., The Juilliard School, 1996; D.M.A., 2002. 

James W. Scott, 197 6-; Professor of German. B.A., Juniata College, 1965; Ph.D., 
Princeton University, 1971. 

Daniel Simpkins, 1998-; Lecturer in Sociology. B.A., West Georgia College, 1976; M.A., 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1984; Ph.D., 1992. 

Jeff Snyder, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music and Assistant Director of Music 
Recording Technology. A.A., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; B.A., University of West 
Florida, 1984; M.S., Kutztown University, 1998. 

Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1987-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1975; M.M., Towson State University, 1998. 

Edward J. Sullivan, 2001—; Associate Professor of Business Administration and 
Economics. B.S., St. Peter's College, 1972; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 
1975; Ph.D., 1985. 

Lebanon Valley College Faculty 1 87 



Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and Secondary 
School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978. 

Linda L. Summers, 1991-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Ball State University, 
1972; M.A., 1977. 

Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963; 
M.M., University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977. 

Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of Miami, 
1979; M.A., 1994; Ph.D., 2002. 

Mark A. Townsend, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Nazarene College, 1965; M.A., 
Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983. 

Dennis J. Tulli, 2002; Visiting Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1969; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1976; Ed.D., Temple University, 1991. 

Angel T. Tuninetti, 1996-; Associate Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the 
Department of Foreign Languages. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de Cordoba, 1986; 
M.A., Washington University, 1991; Ph.D., 1999. 

Susan E. Verhoek, 197 4-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964; 
M.A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975. 

Scott N. Walck, 1999-; Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute, 1988; M.S., Lehigh University, 1992; Ph.D., 1995. 

Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971. 

Paul L. Wolf, 7966-; Professor of Biology. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1960; M.S., 
University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968. 

Allan F. Wolfe, 1968-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., Drake 
University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Vermont, 1968. 

Kenneth Yamall, 1996-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South 
Carolina College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992. (On leave. Fall 2002) 

M. Jane Yingling, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Lock Haven University, 
1972; M.A., Shippensburg University, 1996; Ph.D., Marywood University, 2004. 

Emeriti 
Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., 
Northern Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972. 

Howard L. Applegate. 1983-2000; Professor Emeritus of History and American Studies. 
B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966. 



188 Faculty 2004-2005 Catalog 



Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.L.S., Simmons 
College, 1946. 

Voorhis C. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A., 
Oklahoma City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D., 
Boston University, 1967. 

D. Clark Carmean, 1933-1972; Director Emeritus of Admissions. A.B., Ohio Wesleyan 
University, 1926; M.A., Columbia University, 1932. 

Richard F. Charles, 1988-1997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement. A.B., Franklin 
& Marshall College, 1953. 

Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval 
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965. 

Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., Carleton 
College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974. 

Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986-2003; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Kean College, 
1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1981. 

George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1971. 

Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., University of 
Washington, 1967; M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. 

Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., University of 
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Alice S. Diehl, 1966-1997; Technical Processes Librarian Emerita. A.B., Smith College, 
1956; B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966. 

Phylis C. Dry den, 1987-2004; Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Atlantic Union 
College, 1976; M.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1984; D.A., 1988. 

William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus.B., cum laude, 
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949. 

Arthur L. Ford, 1965-2001; Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 
1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1964. 

Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1951; M.S.M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M.D., 
Eastman School of Music, 1967. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 1 89 



Michael A. Grella, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., St. Mary's 
Seminary and University, 1958; M.A., West Virginia University, 1970; Ed.D., 1974. 

Klement M. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal 
Conservatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal 
College of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966; 
D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1977. 

Paul Heise, 1991-2004; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University, 
1958; M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social Research, 
1991. 

Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-2004; Professor Emerita of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 
1954; M.B.A., Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990. 

Richard A. Joyce, 1966-1998; Professor Emeritus of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952; 
M.A., San Francisco State College, 1963. 

Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-2003; Lecturer Professor Emerita of Music. B.M., Oberlin 
College, 1951;M.FA., Ohio University, 1953. 

David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University, 
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941; 
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953. 

George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple 
University, 1967. 

Joerg W.R Mayer, 1970-1997; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl. 
Math., University ofGiessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954. 

William J. McGill Jr., 1986-1998; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty 
Emeritus. A.B., Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. 

Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1948; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. 

Philip G. Morgan, 1969-2003; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State 
University (Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965. 

H. Anthony Neidig, 1948-1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1946; Ph.D., 1948; L.H.D., Lebanon Valley 
College, 2004. 



190 Faculty 2004-2005 Catalog 



Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Immaculata 
College, 1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967; 
Ph.D., 1976. 

Gerald J. Petrofes, 1963-1988; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S., 
Kent State University, 1958; M.Ed., 1962. 

Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958. 

Ralph S. Shay, 1948-1951; 1953-1984; Professor Emeritus of History and Assistant 
Dean of the College Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1942; A.M., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1947; Ph.D., 1962. 

Robert W. Smith, 1951-1983; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 
1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. 

Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-2002; Professor Emerita of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960; 
M.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979. 

Warren K.A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity 
University, 1957; M.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963. 

C.F. Joseph Tom, 1954-1989; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A., Hastings College, 
1944; M.A., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., 1963. 

Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College, 
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964. 

L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest, 
1944; B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University. 

Glenn H. Woods, 1965-1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon 
Valley College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962. 

Adjunct 
P. Terry Baker, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Shippensburg University. 

Joseph G. Bashore, 1994-1996, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1983; M.F.A., University of Iowa 1986. 

Jean-Paul Benowitz, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Eastern Mennonite 
University, 1991; M.A., Millersville University, 1993; additional graduate study at Temple 
University. 

Kathleen K. Blouch, 200 1-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.A., Messiah 
College, 1983; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1987; Ph.D., Temple University, 2000. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 191 




James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola 
University, 1968; M.A., 1971. 

G. Kip Bollinger, 1997 ~; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.S, Juniata 
College, 1967; M.S. Ed., Temple University, 1971; D.Ed., 1979. 

Theresa Yohn Bowley, 1993-; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Harrington College, 
1981; M.A., Middlebury College, 1982. 

Marthalee T. Brod, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.A., Houghton College, 
1967; M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985. 

Christine Brooks, 2000-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1993; M.S., 1996. 

Beverly Ann K. Butts, 2000-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1978; M.M., Michigan State University, 1980; additional graduate study at New 
York University. 

Melanie A. M. Demartyn, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.A., Shepherd College, 1978; 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 1983. 

James A. Diehm, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.A., Albright College, 1961; 
M.A., Lehigh University, 1968; Administrative Certification, Temple University, 1972. 



192 Faculty 



2004-2005 Catalog 



Joseph DiSanto, 1 992-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Joseph's University, 1967; 
Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg School of 
Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970. 

James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Timothy M. Erdman, 1988-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S., Temple University, 1970. 

Suzanne D. Fox, 1998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1977; M.M., University of Miami, 1979. 

Ming Gao, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Linguistics. B.A., Beijing Second Foreign 
Language Institute, 1982; M.A., Canberra College of Advanced Education, 1984; Ph.D., 
Lehigh University, 1999. 

Rita M. Gargotta, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State College, 
1972; Diploma, University ofSevilla; M.A., West Chester State College, 1976. 
Richard Johnson, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.S., Millersville University, 1996. 

Rick Knepp, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Lock Haven 
University, 1979; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986. 

Kristy Krivitsky, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.A., B.F.A., The Pennsylvania State 
University, 1992; M.F.A., The School of the Art Institute of Chicago, 1995. 

David W. Layman, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. A.B., University of 
Chicago, 1977; Ph.D., Temple University, 1994. 

Marion M. Markowicz, 1 996-; Adjunct Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Mercyhurst College, 
1964; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr Graduate School of Social Work and Social Research, 1970. 

James Miller, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. 

Joseph D. Mixon, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981; 
M.M., Combs College of Music, 1990. 

Ted Nichols, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Millersville 
University, 1966. 

Barbara Nissman-Cohen, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in French. Premier Degre, La 
Sorbonne, 1975; B.A., Ithaca College, 1976; M.S., Montclair State College, 1984. 

Robert A. Nowak, 1988- ; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State 
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975. 

Philip J. Oles, 1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of 
Connecticut, 1968; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1974. 

Melissa-Ann Pero, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 
1998; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 2002. 

Lebanon Valley College Faculty 193 



Jeff Remington, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania, 1986; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1992. 

Marie Riegle, 1980-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1973; 
M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1979. 

Andrew Roberts, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M., Berklee College of Music, 1989. 

Nan Hanshaw Roberts, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S, Lebanon 
Valley College, 1988; D.V.M., North Carolina State University, 1998. 

David M. Setley, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Kutztown 
University, 1977; M.B.A., 2000. 

Christopher A. Shaak, 2002- : Adjunct Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1998. 

Robert Siemers, 1995~; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Southern Illinois 
University, 1979; M.M., Eastman School of Music, 1981; D.M.A., Indiana University, 1997. 

Basil E. Smith, 2001 -; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., Purchase College, 1991; 
M.A., Claremont Graduate University, 1993; Ph.D., Cardiff University, 2002. 

Dennis C. Smith, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., Dakota 
Wesleyan University, 1967; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas, 1985. 

DeAnna Spurlock, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 
1968; M.A., 1970. 

Anna F. Tiiberg, 1982-; Adjunct Instructor in Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 
1969. 

Geno Torri, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., California State 
University, 1973; M.A.T., University of Pittsburgh, 1974; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg 
University, 1976; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University, 1995. 

Barbara Tremitiere, 1 994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Miami University 
of Ohio, 1961; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh, 1963; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1992. 

Richard J. Tushup, 1989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent 
Seminary; M.A., 1971; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977. 

Noelle Vahanian, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. Baccalaureat, Lycee 
International des Pontonniers, 1988; B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., 
1999. 



194 Faculty 2004-2005 Catalog 



Gene G. Veno, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. A.S., Lackawanna 
Junior College, 1970; B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1972; M.P.A., Marywood College 
Graduate School, 1983. 

Michael Wojdylak, 2001 -; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., The Pennsylvania 
State University, 1977; M.AGR., 1983; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1987; B.A., 
Lebanon Valley College, 1997. 

Deborah Worthen, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., The 
Pennsylvania State University, 1993; M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College, 2001. 

Jeremy Wolf, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley 
College, 1999; M.S.Ed., St. Joseph's University, 2003. 

Adjuncts in Medical Technology 
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Advisor, Brian Erler, M.D., Ph.D.; Program 
Director, Perla L. Simmons, M.PA., B.S.M.T. (ASCP) S.H., N.C.A. (CLS); Assistant 
Program Director/Education Coordinator, Mary Jane C. Schaefer, M.S., M.PA. 

Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D.; Acting Program 
Director, Wendy Gayle, M.T. (ASCP) S.H. 



Lebanon Valley College Faculty 195 



COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF 

Deborah L. Atkins Financial Aid Office 

Susan R. Aungst Library' 

Phyllis C. Basehore President of the College Office 

Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office 

Beverly J. Brewer English, Political Science, Sociology 

Donna L. Brickley Information Technology Services Office 

Jo Lynn Brummer Development Office 

Joel M. Burkholder Library 

Wendy L. Carfagno Registrar's Office 

C. Monica Cisneros Library 

Mary E. Fisher Administration and Controller Offices 

Jennifer R. Fullenlove Physical Therapy 

Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office 

Cheryl A. George Media Center 

Susan M. Greenawalt Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office 

Nancy J. Hartman Business Office 

Pamela S. Hillegas Athletic Office 

Constance W. Kershner Business Office 

Melissa S. Klopp Business and Economics 

Charlene R. Kreider Advancement Office 

Paula Gahres Chaplain's Office 

Sharon B. Hurst College Center 

Rachel Z. Jurman Humanities Departments and General Education 

David B. Kline Information Technology Services Office 

Deborah L. Lutz Development Office 

Karen R. McLucas Admission Office 

Sharon S. Mock Copy Center and Mail Services 

Tami S. Morgan Admission Office 

Tracy M. Patteson Registrar's Office 

Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller Offices 

Ann K. Pitt Student Services Office 

Cindy L. Progin College Relations Office 

Jill M. Rabuck Annual Giving 

Christine M. Reeves Development Office 

Carol Sabados Biology and Psychology Departments 

Ann Safstrom Music Department 

Denise D. Sanders Library 

Lori A. Schreckengast Facilities Services Office 

Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant 

Barbara A. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty Office 

Susan Snyder Mathematical Sciences Department 

Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager 

Andrea Stone College Center 

LaRue A. Troutman Major Gifts Office 

Nathaniel C. Tulli Information Technology Services Office 

Victoria Van Hise Associate Dean and Academic Services Office 

Nancy J. Waite Education Department 

Barbara E. West Chemistry and Physics Departments 

Mark C. Wolfe Information Technology Services Office 

Beverly A. Yingst Arnold Sports Center 

Susan B. Zearing Admission Office 

Sarah Zeiger Arnold Sports Center 

196 Support Staff 2004-2005 Catalog 



THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY 
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS 

The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the College faculty, 
is selected by the president of the College after appropriate consultation with alumni, 
students, faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award, which was 
presented through the 1993 academic year. 

Previous Awardees 

1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of Enghsh 

1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and 
Leadership Studies 

1987 Donald E. Byrne Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

1987 Mark A. Townsend, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences 

1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music 

1 989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D. , Professor of Biology 

1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

1991 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 

1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, M.B.A. 
Assistant Professor of Accounting 

1995 David I. Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

1996 James W. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of German 

1997 Howard L. Applegate, Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies 

1998 Mark L. Mecham, D.M.A., Professor of Music 

1999 Michael A. Day, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

2000 Jeanne C. Hey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

200 1 Allan E Wolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

2002 Marie G. Bongiovanni, M.L.A., Associate Professor of English 

2003 Carl T. Wigal, Ph.D. , Professor of Chemistry 

2004 Mary L. Lemons, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Music 



Lebanon Valley College Awards 197 



THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY 
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING 

In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members 
of the college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee 
was Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the 
College named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her 24 years of 
inspired teaching in music. 

Previous Awardees 

1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music 

1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French 

1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music 

1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences 

1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German 

1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry 

1997 Richard J. Tushup, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

1998 Arlen J.Greiner, M.S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

1999 Leslie E. Bowen, M.F.A., Lecturer in Art 

2000 Patricia M. Meley, M.A., Adjunct Instructor in American Studies 

2001 Robert A. Nowak, M.M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 

2002 Gene G. Veno, M.P.A., Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration 

2003 Marion M. Markowicz, M.S.S., Adjunct Instructor in Sociology 

2004 Jeff Remington, M.Ed., Adjunct Instructor in Science Education 



Production of this catalog is under the direction of the Registrar's Office. 
Information included is correct as of the date of publication. Unexpected 
changes may occur during the course of the academic year; therefore, the listing 
of a course or program in this catalog does not constitute a guarantee or contract 
that the particular course or program will be offered during a given year. 

* All information is correct as of August 1, 2004. 



198 Awards 2004-2005 Catalog 



ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the 
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, 
the National Association of Schools of Music, and the American Chemical Society. 

Lebanon Valley College's Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Program has been granted 
Candidate for Accreditation status by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy 
Education of the American Physical Therapy Association. Candidacy is not an accreditation 
status nor does it assure eventual accreditation. Candidate for Accreditation is a status of affil- 
iation with the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education that indicates the 
program is progressing toward accreditation. 

Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State University of 
New York and of the American Association of University Women. 

Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Colleges; 
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania Foundation for 
Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College Scholarship Service; 
Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association; Middle Atlantic 
States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central Pennsylvania 
Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference. 

STATEMENT ON NON-DISCRIMINATION 

Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, gen- 
der, national origin, age, sexual orientation, disability, or age in its programs or activities. 
The College is committed to a policy of equal opportunity in all aspects of employment, 
including application, promotion, and transfer. Anyone who believes that he/she has been 
subjected to discrimination in violation of this policy is encouraged to report the problem 
to the EEO/Title IX Coordinator or the Vice President for Academic Affairs. 

STUDENT RETENTION 

Lebanon Valley College participates in student financial assistance programs under Title 
IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. According to the requirements of the Student Right- 
to-Know legislation, the college is required to report annually the graduation rates within 
150 percent of the normal time to complete a degree to students and prospective students. 

The cohort of 303 full-time, first-time degree-seeking undergraduates who entered 
Lebanon Valley College in the fall of 1997 consisted of 129 men and 174 women. At the end 
of four years 1 85 had completed a bachelor's degree. At the end of the fifth year, another 23 
had completed a bachelor's degree. By 2003, at the end of the sixth year, three addi- 
tional students had completed a bachelor's degree. The Student Right-to-Know 
Completion or Graduation Rate Calculation for the 1997 cohort is 70 percent. This 
information has been submitted to the U.S. Department of Education. 

Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office 
of the Registrar. 



Lebanon Valley College Accreditation 199 




200 Map 



2004-2005 Catalog 



5 u 



D. ta SLi 1^ 15: -«: 

o\ o 1-5 r<i rn '^ 

VI vo ve ve vo vo 



S 
I 

on 



H 

O 

>.; 
o 
z 

cC a:; 



^ < 



« - '^ - ^ 



J J 



^» gjjj^Jjj 



■^s '5 -9 -s iJS 



^ w « 



as o 



r^ r^ rS i"" ^r^ r^ rr^ •" ti 



CZl !/3 !/) 

^ u d u bh u cii d 



^ "£ 



5? B c 

goo 



nJ J 



^ nJ s 
■^ ^ U 






■g -a a, 

■B -^ ij :s a 






S £ < 






SI 

dl 

<; -a ^ 

£; u £ 

o 



.?3 -73 ts a 



H ^ .S 



<: 3 



■2 2 



U -B « .2 



u Ph — — tJ rs 2 



S "o S O 



01 — 



to ?4 



2 ^ "3 

5 E 



2 g g 
E^ u ^ 



s 
B 


T3 

S 




3 


u 





>> 


01 






S 

as 


is. 
vj 


B 
B 






o 

en ^ 

» n 

« cs 



s 2 

w .2 
-fa I* 



o -B 



B "53 ** S 



5 53 
« < 



« I 2 >i 

S 2 Oh 3 
ri <*5 Tt \o 



0^ ^ <S <»5 TT vo 
P^ TT Tt Tf ■>» Tt 



C/D 



« N 



H 

g i 



1=! >-! e 



s o 

4i ? ffi ■£ 



b B 

a « 

W 

1 3 N - 

S ft- JT 

B 3 t. ft- 

E O Si " 



S O 



J .5 2 .2, 5 .5 -B a a -g 5 a S 



a a; fc^ 



a _a 



V 9 

a o 
o I 

C U 

ill 

a u -g 
2 .a « 

E a £ 
I :§ « 
^ ^ -S 









o ^ ^ 

S §-5 

^- ° ^ 

-S b (X 

c S - 

U 6 I 

ai 2i e 



V 



S .« > S 



Q .s 



u c a 



w i_i >;> 

(- E i« 6 

Ji t; o e 

■P =3 -a a 

'■ B. >, a 



a 



!s a a. Q< 



5 4J r- 1^ 4* 5S 

O Q £ Q ;> J 



s a 



.i2 M ,a 

^ :S fc 



a ^ 

U ^ 

01 u 

Of cm 

01 (U 



:§ < 

Q 1^ 



"o "o o "2 ^ 



O .0 2 



a >; 

cS I— I 



y ^ ca o (u 



■o « a "« a 



=3 " 

a u 



= a 



O 2 



w -a 
0^ B 



V Oi ^ 



a "^ 

111 a ^ 

y 0) !8 

S s a 

■g 4j 0* 



= ii ^ S « 



B <u s a 



y. — g ii "O 



E I a ^ 



^uujODSj^fa^a 



" OS 2 

t^ tM o> 

4* Si, a 

a M " 

S Q K 



=3 a ^ 



<u u 

S E 

a. Dh 

<: < 



I. ■^ _ = .a 



go <« M g 
'K "3 "3 ^ 

i a a a 



B Q« 



tf -a- 



E B 



a B 
71 ® 



= © 5 ^ ,<u 



Z !/3 C» 



U ^ 



tiH c/:i Q 



u o> 

Q Z 



fMpn'<»v)vor-oeo\ 






a -g 'l -s 



U E 




S E 

•c S «- 
E & I „ 

"111 
'a uh '—J ^ 

E 



Lebanon Valley College 



Map 201 



INDEX 



Academic honesty policy 

undergraduate 16 

graduate 155 

Academic procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 153 

Accounting program 

courses 46 

department 45 

faculty 52 

Accreditation 199 

Actuarial science program 

courses 103 

department 102 

faculty 108 

Admissions 

undergraduate full time 4 

undergraduate part time 5 

continuing education 5 

MBA 156 

MME 161 

MSE 163 

Administration 175 

Advanced placement 13 

Allied health science 

cooperative program 24 

American studies program 

courses 29 

department 29 

faculty 30 

Art and art history program 

courses 31 

department 31 

faculty 36 

Associate degrees 7 

Attendance policy 11 

Auditing policy 11 

Baccalaureate degrees 7 

Biochemistry program 

courses 42 

requirements 42 

Biology program 

courses 38 

department 38 

faculty 43 

Business program 

courses 46 

department 45 

faculty 52 

Calendar inside back cover 

Certificate programs 5 

Challenge examinations 13 

Chemistry program 

courses 56 

department 55 

faculty 59 

Citizenship Education Program 60 

CLEP 13 

College support staff 196 

Communication program 

courses 74 

department 74 



faculty , 



.78 



Computer science program 

courses 104 

department 103 

faculty 105 

Concurrent courses 11 

Cooperative programs 24 

Courses, undergraduate 

concurrent 11 

external 11 

repetition of 11 

descriptions 29 

Courses, graduate 153 

Credit for life experience 14 

Criminal justice courses 97 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 153 

Dean's list 15 

Departmental honors 15 

Digital communications 61 

courses 61 

department 61 

faculty 63 

Diploma programs 5 

DPT program 

courses 167 

faculty 170 

requirements , 167 

Earth and space science program 131 

Economics program 

courses 50 

department 49 

faculty 52 

Education program 

courses 65 

department 64 

faculty 72 

Elementary education program 

courses 66 

department 66 

faculty 72 

Engineering cooperative 

program 24 

English program 

courses 75 

department 74 

faculty 78 

Environmental studies 

cooperative program 24 

External summer courses 11 

Faculty 182 

Finances, student 4 

Fine arts courses 31 

Foreign languages program 

courses 80 

department 80 

faculty 85 

Foreign study opportunities 28 

Forestry cooperative program 24 



202 Index 



2004-2005 Catalog 



French program 

courses 81 

department 80 

faculty 85 

General education program 

courses 19 

requirements 19 

Geography courses 69 

German program 

courses 82 

department 82 

faculty 85 

Grade point average 14 

Grading system 14 

Graduate programs 153 

academic policies 153 

concurrent courses 154 

financial aid 155 

grading system 154 

privacy of student records 155 

refund policy 155 

review procedure 154 

time restriction policy 154 

transfer policy 153 

withdrawal policy 155 

Graduation honors 15 

Graduation requirements 

undergraduate 8 

MBA 156 

MME 161 

MSE 163 

DPT 167 

Health care management program 

courses 52 

requirements 52 

Health professions 

cooperative programs 24 

Health science program 

courses 124 

requirements 124 

faculty 126 

History program 

courses 88 

department 87 

faculty 97 

Honors 

departmental 15 

graduation 15 

In- Absentia 12 

Independent study 28 

Individualized major 27 

Interdisciplinary courses 22 

International baccalaureate 14 

Internship policy 27 

Knisley teaching awards 198 

Leave of absence 12 

Limit of hours 9 

Map of campus 200 

Mathematical science program 

courses 100 

department 99 

faculty 105 



MBA program 

admission 156 

courses 156 

faculty 160 

requirements 156 

MME program 

admission 161 

courses 161 

faculty 162 

MSE program 

admission 163 

courses 163 

faculty 165 

Medical technology 

cooperative program 25 

Military science program 

courses 107 

department 107 

faculty 118 

requirements 107 

Mission statement 3 

Music education courses 115 

Music program 

courses 110 

department 109 

faculty 118 

Music business 

courses 114 

program 114 

Music recording technology program 

courses 117 

department 116 

faculty 118 

Nontraditional credit policy 13 

Off-campus programs 

study abroad 28 

Officers, general College 175 

Pass/fail policy 11 

Payment plans 5 

Phi Alpha Epsilon 15 

Philosophy program 

courses 143 

department 143 

faculty 145 

Physical education program 

courses 122 

department 122 

faculty 123 

Physical therapy 

courses 124, 167 

department 124, 167 

faculty 126, 169 

Physics program 

courses 128 

department 128 

faculty 130 

Placement examinations 

undergraduate 13 

Political sciences program 

courses 94 

department 93 

faculty 97 

Pre-law program 26 



Lebanon Valley College 



Index 203 



Pre-medical, pre-dentistry, 

pre-veterinary programs 26 

Privacy of student records 7 

Probation, undergraduate 17 

Profile of the College 2 

Psychobiology program 

courses 42 

department 42 

faculty 43 

Psychology program 

courses 133 

department 132 

faculty 138 

Readmission policy 12 

Refund policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 155Registration, change of policy 

10 

Religion program 

courses 140 

department 140 

faculty 145 

Repetition of courses 

undergraduate 11 

ROTC 107 

Satisfactory academic progress 9 

Science 

course 59 

Second bachelor's degree 12 

Secondary education program 

courses 70 

department 69 

faculty 72 

Servicemembers Opportunity 

College (SOC) 18 

Social science program 147 

Sociology program 

courses 148 

department 148 

faculty 152 

Spanish program 

courses 84 

department 83 

faculty 85 

Special education program 

courses 71 

program 71 

faculty 72Special topics courses 

28 

Study abroad 28 

Suspension policy 

undergraduate 17 

Teacher certification for 

non-matriculated students 18 

Teacher certification for 

matriculated students 72 

Transfer policy 

undergraduate 9 

graduate 153 

Trustees, Board of 171 

Tutorial study courses 28 

Veterans' services 18 

Vickroy teaching awards 197 

Withdrawal procedure 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 155 



PHONE NUMBERS 

College Offices* 

Academic Offices 6208 

Academic Support 6988 

Admissions 6181 

Business Office 6300 
Career Planning and Placement 6235 

College Center 6161 

College Store 6313 

Computer Lab (general) 6067 

Computer Science Lab 6067 

Continuing Education 6213 

Dean of Student Services 6233 

Financial Aid 6181 

Registrar 6215 

Safety and Security 6111 

Vice President/Dean of Faculty 6208 

Academic Offices* 

American Studies 6356 

Art 6015 

Biology 6175 

Business Administration 6101 

Chemistry 6140 

Economics 6330 

Education 6305 

English 6240 

Foreign Language 6250 

History 6355 

Mathematical Sciences 6080 

Music 6275 

Philosophy 6130 

Physical Education 6364 

Physics 6150 

Political Sciences 6330 

Psychology 6195 

Religion 6130 

Sociology 6155 

* Area code 717, prefix 867. 



204 Index 



2004-2005 Catalog 



2004-2005 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



FIRST SEMESTER 



August 


28 


Saturday, 9:00 a.m. 


Residence halls open for new students 




28 


Saturday, 2:00 p.m. 


Opening Convocation 




29 


Sunday, Noon 


Residence halls open for students 




30 


Monday, 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. 


Advising Day 




30 


Monday, 6:30 p.m. 


Evening classes begin 




31 


Tuesday, 8:00 a.m. 


Add/Drop period begins 




31 


Tuesday, 12:30 p.m. 


Day classes begin 


September 


7 


Tuesday, 5:00 p.m. 


Add/Drop period ends 


October 


8-10 


Homecoming/Family Weekend 


Juniata College 




20 


Wednesday, Noon 


Mid-term grades due 




22 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


Incomplete grades due 




22 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


Fall break begins 




26 


Tuesday, 6:30 p.m. 


Classes resume 


November 


5 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


Last day to change registration or 
withdraw from a course 




24 


Wednesday, Noon 


Thanksgiving vacation begins 




29 


Monday, 8:00 a.m. 


Classes resume 


December 


10 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


Last day for first-semester freshmen 
to withdraw from a course 




10 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


Day classes end 




11 


Saturday 


Reading Day 




12 


Sunday 


Reading Day 




13-18 


Monday-Saturday 


Final examinations 




18 


Saturday, 5:00 p.m. 


Semester ends 




22 


Wednesday, Noon 


Final grades due 


SECOND SEMESTER 




January 


17 


Monday 


Martin Luther King Holiday 




17 


Monday, Noon 


Residence halls open for students 




18 


Tuesday, 8 


00 a.m. 


Add/Drop period begins 




18 


Tuesday, 8 


00 a.m. 


Classes begin 




18 


Tuesday, 6 


30 p.m. 


Evening classes begin 




25 


Tuesday, 5 


00 p.m. 


Add/Drop period ends 


February 


15 


Tuesday, 11:00 a.m. 


Founders Day 




25 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


Spring vacation begins 


March 


7 


Monday, 8:00 a.m. 


Classes resume 




16 


Wednesday, Noon 


Mid-term grades due 




18 


Friday, 5:00 p.m. 


Incomplete grades due 




24 


Thursday, 5:00 p.m. 


Easter vacation begins 




28 


Monday, 6:30 p.m. 


Classes resume 


April 


1 


Friday, 5:0 


p.m. 


Last day to change registration or 



May 



Thursday, 5:00 p.m. 



5 


Thursday, 5:00 p.m. 


6-12 


Friday-Thursday 


8 


Sunday 


12 


Thursday, 9:30 p.m. 


13 


Friday, Noon 


14 


Saturday, 9:00 a.m. 


14 


Saturday, ILOOa.m 


20 


Friday, Noon 



withdraw from a course 

Last day for first-semester freshmen to 

withdraw from a course 
Day classes end 
Final Examinations 
Reading Day 
Semester Ends 
Senior grades due 
Baccalaureate Service 
136th Commencement 
All final grades due 



Lebanon Valley College 
loi North College Avenue 
Annville, PA 17003-1400 



Non-Profit 
Organization 
U.S. Postage 

PAID 

Permit No. 9 

Annville, PA 

17003